TW200902146A - Compound catalyst composition - Google Patents
Compound catalyst composition Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW200902146A TW200902146A TW096142574A TW96142574A TW200902146A TW 200902146 A TW200902146 A TW 200902146A TW 096142574 A TW096142574 A TW 096142574A TW 96142574 A TW96142574 A TW 96142574A TW 200902146 A TW200902146 A TW 200902146A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- glass
- catalyst composition
- sample
- ion exchange
- treatment
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J21/00—Catalysts comprising the elements, oxides, or hydroxides of magnesium, boron, aluminium, carbon, silicon, titanium, zirconium, or hafnium
- B01J21/06—Silicon, titanium, zirconium or hafnium; Oxides or hydroxides thereof
- B01J21/08—Silica
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J21/00—Catalysts comprising the elements, oxides, or hydroxides of magnesium, boron, aluminium, carbon, silicon, titanium, zirconium, or hafnium
- B01J21/12—Silica and alumina
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/16—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of arsenic, antimony, bismuth, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, polonium, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium or rhenium
- B01J23/24—Chromium, molybdenum or tungsten
- B01J23/30—Tungsten
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/38—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
- B01J23/40—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals of the platinum group metals
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/38—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
- B01J23/40—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals of the platinum group metals
- B01J23/42—Platinum
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/38—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
- B01J23/40—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals of the platinum group metals
- B01J23/44—Palladium
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/38—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
- B01J23/48—Silver or gold
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/70—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of the iron group metals or copper
- B01J23/74—Iron group metals
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/70—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of the iron group metals or copper
- B01J23/74—Iron group metals
- B01J23/75—Cobalt
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J27/00—Catalysts comprising the elements or compounds of halogens, sulfur, selenium, tellurium, phosphorus or nitrogen; Catalysts comprising carbon compounds
- B01J27/14—Phosphorus; Compounds thereof
- B01J27/185—Phosphorus; Compounds thereof with iron group metals or platinum group metals
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J35/00—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
- B01J35/30—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their physical properties
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J35/00—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
- B01J35/50—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their shape or configuration
- B01J35/58—Fabrics or filaments
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J35/00—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
- B01J35/60—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J37/00—Processes, in general, for preparing catalysts; Processes, in general, for activation of catalysts
- B01J37/02—Impregnation, coating or precipitation
- B01J37/0201—Impregnation
- B01J37/0207—Pretreatment of the support
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J37/00—Processes, in general, for preparing catalysts; Processes, in general, for activation of catalysts
- B01J37/06—Washing
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J37/00—Processes, in general, for preparing catalysts; Processes, in general, for activation of catalysts
- B01J37/28—Phosphorising
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J37/00—Processes, in general, for preparing catalysts; Processes, in general, for activation of catalysts
- B01J37/30—Ion-exchange
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2235/00—Indexing scheme associated with group B01J35/00, related to the analysis techniques used to determine the catalysts form or properties
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2235/00—Indexing scheme associated with group B01J35/00, related to the analysis techniques used to determine the catalysts form or properties
- B01J2235/30—Scanning electron microscopy; Transmission electron microscopy
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/16—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of arsenic, antimony, bismuth, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, polonium, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium or rhenium
- B01J23/24—Chromium, molybdenum or tungsten
- B01J23/26—Chromium
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/16—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of arsenic, antimony, bismuth, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, polonium, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium or rhenium
- B01J23/32—Manganese, technetium or rhenium
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/70—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of the iron group metals or copper
- B01J23/72—Copper
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J35/00—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
- B01J35/30—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their physical properties
- B01J35/391—Physical properties of the active metal ingredient
- B01J35/394—Metal dispersion value, e.g. percentage or fraction
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J35/00—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
- B01J35/30—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their physical properties
- B01J35/396—Distribution of the active metal ingredient
- B01J35/397—Egg shell like
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J35/00—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
- B01J35/60—Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
- B01J35/61—Surface area
- B01J35/612—Surface area less than 10 m2/g
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Catalysts (AREA)
Abstract
Description
200902146 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於一種複合觸媒組合物及其製備方法,其可 用於各種化學製造方法及各種排放控制方法。具體而言, 本發明係關於一種包括耐高溫氧化物及前驅物觸媒組合物 之複合觸媒組合物。該前驅物觸媒組合物較佳為官能性表 面觸媒(FSC)組合物。 【先前技術】 觸媒組合物用於促進一類一般被描述為催化反應或催化 作用的化學反應,而催化作用對於有效操作各種化學製程 至關重要。 大部分工業反應及幾乎所有之生物反應若非催化反應, 即是涉及催化反應的反應前或反應後處理。僅就美國而 5 ’在其中某階段包括催化作用之過程所出產之產品價值 就接近一兆美元(USD)。使用觸媒組合物生產之產品包括 例如食品、服裝、藥物、日用化學品、特製或精細化學 品、塑膠、洗滌劑、燃料及潤滑劑等。觸媒組合物還可用 於處理排放物(例如汽車尾氣排放物、煉製廠排放物、公 用°又細1工廠排放物等)及其他製程排放流,以降低可能對 人類健康或環境造成負面影響之有害成分的含量。 广哲銷售額而§,用於異相傕化反應之固載觸媒在全 球市场之銷售額約為每年3()億美元。固載觸媒通常分為三 油煉製觸媒、化學加工觸媒及排放控制觸媒。該 類觸媒之市場銷售基本上三分天下。例如,1990年’在 126437.doc 200902146 美國1 8¼、美TL之固體觸媒市場中,石油煉製、化學加工及 排放控制觸媒分伯市場之37%、34%及29%。以石油煉製 觸媒市場(1990年約為10億美元)為例,56%之收益來自流 體媒裂法(FCC)觸媒,而31.5%、65%及4 5%之收益分別來 自加氫處理觸媒、氫化裂解觸媒及重整觸媒。 就化學機理觀點而言,觸媒通常可在自身實質上沒有消 耗之If况下,提南使某種化學反應在反應物與產物之間達 到平衡狀態的速率。所以,對於任何相關之反應而言,觸 媒雖然不能改變反應物與產物之間的平衡狀態,但若經適 當設計及/或挑選,觸媒可加快化學反應之速率。 因此’出於各種目的將觸媒用於範圍廣泛之商業實用製 程,該等目的包括提高製程之反應性、選擇性及能量效率 及其他料。例如,按照規定的製程條件生產出所需之產 物夺提间反應物之反應速率或反應性可縮短處理時間, 用以獲得更高的產物生產能力(例如,增加每單位小時之 產物體積或質量)。所以,觸媒活性係指觸媒組合物在每 單位時心有效將反應物轉化成所需產物的能力。同樣 地,提咼反應選擇性可方_ 、、可此的反應產物中提高所需 屋物之產出百分瘟.Α分姑ία 羊·在該#可此之反應產物中,有些產 nr所需且需要進—步處理以進行相應之移除或轉 i之=:媒選擇性為觸媒組合物將-部分反應物在規 q下轉化成特定產物的能力。另外,觸媒组入 製程中轉化並降低污染物或非所需反應二 我產物之含量。另外一 另卜項用途則為在維持或改善產物生產 126437.doc 200902146 月b力及/或反應選擇性的同時提高反應製程之總體能量效 率 Ο 觸媒之使用範圍相差很大。例如(但不限於)觸媒能夠用 於降低諸如烴、一氧化碳(CO)、氮氧化物(N〇x)&硫氧化 物(sox)等污染物含量,該等污染物可存在於一系列製程 (例如車輛之汽油機或柴油機燃燒廢氣、分類石油煉製或 燃煤製程等)之排放物中。同樣地,觸媒可用於烴之處理 製程’該製程用於對許多不同來源(例如直餾之石油餾 分、再循環石油餾分、重油'瀝青、葉岩、天然氣及包含 了受催化反應作用之材料的其他碳物質)之烴製程流進行 轉化或改質。 催化反應通常分成兩種不同的反應類型,亦即均相催化 及異相催化。 均相催化廣泛描述一類催化反應,在其中反應物及觸媒 混合在溶液相中。儘管某些案例曾使用氣相催化反應,但 均相催化在典型情況下為一種液相系統。因此,濃度梯度 及反應物遷移到觸媒會變成控制均相催化反應之重要因 素。另外,在有些情況下,”溶液相”催化反應能夠越過兩 個液相之界面發生,並非形成真溶液,而是形成乳化相。 某些一般類別的均相催化包括酸鹼催化、有機金屬催化、 相轉移催化等。 另一方面,異相催化描述如下的一類催化反應:在反應 過程中,呈氣相或液相之反應物曝露於實質上為固相或半 固相之觸媒。所以,在異相催化過程中,觸媒及反應物產 126437.doc 200902146 生了一種混合的固相-潘土a_^m^ 及' 相或固相-氧相反應。與均相催化 相比,異相催化具有許客你科 汗夕優點’例如固體觸媒一般(a)腐蝕 性較低,因而與許多泊勻、、六、六4 ^ 勺勺/合液相觸媒相比,安全及環境風 險相對較低’(b)提供|&圍較廣的經濟上可行之溫度與壓力 條件,而且⑷更能控制較為強烈之放熱化學反應及吸熱化 學反應,等。 另:方面m體可具有質量傳遞限制,進而顯著降低觸 媒之最終有效性。典型情況下,固體觸媒(有時稱為觸媒 顆粒)在-種具有很高内表面積之多孔材料上包括一或多 種催化成分(例如’貴金屬,如把(Pd)、翻(Pt)、峰u)、 :㈣等)’在催化成分所在之内表面積,通常數量級為每 平方A尺。所以,習知觸媒組合物或觸媒顆粒包 -有很大内表面積之特別多孔載體,催化反應即在該 多孔載體上發生。然而,此類觸媒結構經常會產生質量傳 遞制it而降低觸媒顆粒關於觸媒活性及選擇性的有效 性能’並引發其他觸媒性能問題。 、種更,、代表性的觸媒結構中,反應物必須擴散通過 孔隙之、、罔狀物才能到達觸媒顆粒之内部區域,而產物必須 :口擴政’退出觸媒顆粒之内部區域。因&,習知觸媒組 。勿之多孔性除其他因素外還取決於平衡,亦即取決於習200902146 IX. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a composite catalyst composition and a preparation method thereof, which are applicable to various chemical production methods and various emission control methods. In particular, the present invention relates to a composite catalyst composition comprising a refractory oxide and a precursor catalyst composition. The precursor catalyst composition is preferably a functional surface catalyst (FSC) composition. [Prior Art] Catalyst compositions are used to promote a class of chemical reactions that are generally described as catalytic or catalytic, and catalysis is critical for efficient operation of various chemical processes. Most industrial reactions and almost all biological reactions, if not catalytic, are pre- or post-reaction treatments involving catalytic reactions. The value of the product produced by the process of including catalysis in only one stage in the United States is close to one trillion dollars (USD). Products produced using catalyst compositions include, for example, food, clothing, pharmaceuticals, household chemicals, specialty or fine chemicals, plastics, detergents, fuels, and lubricants. Catalyst compositions can also be used to treat emissions (such as vehicle exhaust emissions, refinery emissions, utilities, and plant emissions) and other process emissions to reduce potential negative impacts on human health or the environment. The content of harmful ingredients. Guangzhe's sales and §, the sales of solid-loaded catalysts for heterogeneous reactions in the global market are approximately US$3 billion per year. The solid carrier catalyst is usually divided into three oil refining catalysts, chemical processing catalysts and emission control catalysts. The market for such catalysts is basically three-thirds of the world. For example, in 1990, in the solid catalyst market of 126437.doc 200902146 US 1 81⁄4, US TL, 37%, 34% and 29% of the petroleum refining, chemical processing and emission control catalyst market. For example, in the petroleum refining catalyst market (about $1 billion in 1990), 56% of the revenue comes from fluid-vehicle cracking (FCC) catalysts, while 31.5%, 65% and 45% of the revenue comes from hydrogenation. Treatment of catalyst, hydrocracking catalyst and reforming catalyst. From a chemical mechanism point of view, the catalyst can generally bring a chemical reaction to a rate of equilibrium between the reactants and the product in the case of itself, which is substantially free of consumption. Therefore, for any relevant reaction, although the catalyst cannot change the equilibrium state between the reactants and the product, the catalyst can accelerate the rate of the chemical reaction if properly designed and/or selected. Thus, catalysts are used for a wide variety of commercial and practical processes for a variety of purposes, including improving process reactivity, selectivity and energy efficiency, and other materials. For example, the reaction rate or reactivity of the reactants produced to produce the desired product in accordance with the specified process conditions can reduce the processing time to achieve higher product throughput (e.g., increase product volume or mass per unit hour). ). Thus, catalyst activity refers to the ability of the catalyst composition to effectively convert the reactants to the desired product at a unit time. Similarly, the selectivity of the ruthenium reaction can be increased, and the yield of the desired house can be increased by the 反应 瘟 Α 姑 姑 姑 姑 姑 在 在 在 在 在 姑 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在It is desirable and requires further processing to effect the corresponding removal or conversion =: the selectivity of the catalyst composition is the ability of the catalyst composition to convert a portion of the reactants to a specific product. In addition, the catalyst is converted into a process to reduce the amount of contaminants or undesired reactions. Another use is to improve the overall energy efficiency of the reaction process while maintaining or improving the product's production and/or reaction selectivity. The range of use of the catalyst varies widely. For example, but not limited to, a catalyst can be used to reduce contaminant levels such as hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide (CO), nitrogen oxides (N〇x) & sulfur oxides (sox), which can be present in a series of Processes (such as gasoline or diesel combustion of vehicles, classified petroleum refining or coal burning processes, etc.). Similarly, catalysts can be used in hydrocarbon processing processes. The process is used for many different sources (eg straight-run petroleum fractions, recycled petroleum fractions, heavy oils), bitumen, rock, natural gas, and materials that contain catalytic reactions. The hydrocarbon process stream of other carbonaceous materials is converted or upgraded. The catalytic reaction is usually divided into two different reaction types, namely homogeneous catalysis and heterogeneous catalysis. Homogeneous catalysis broadly describes a type of catalytic reaction in which reactants and catalysts are mixed in a solution phase. Although gas phase catalytic reactions have been used in some cases, homogeneous catalysis is typically a liquid phase system. Therefore, concentration gradients and migration of reactants to the catalyst can become important factors in controlling homogeneous catalytic reactions. In addition, in some cases, the "solution phase" catalyzed reaction can occur across the interface between the two liquid phases, rather than forming a true solution, but forming an emulsified phase. Homogeneous catalysis in certain general classes includes acid-base catalysis, organometallic catalysis, phase transfer catalysis, and the like. Heterophasic catalysis, on the other hand, describes a type of catalytic reaction in which a reactant in a gas phase or a liquid phase is exposed to a substantially solid or semi-solid phase catalyst. Therefore, in the heterogeneous catalysis process, the catalyst and the reactants produce a mixed solid phase-pan soil a_^m^ and a phase or solid phase-oxygen phase reaction. Compared with homogeneous catalysis, heterogeneous catalysis has the advantage of allowing you to sweat. For example, solid catalysts are generally less corrosive, and thus with many mooring, six or six 4 scoops/liquid phase Compared with the media, the safety and environmental risks are relatively low' (b) providing |& a wide range of economically viable temperature and pressure conditions, and (4) more control of the more intense exothermic chemical reactions and endothermic chemical reactions. In addition: the aspect m body can have a mass transfer limit, which in turn significantly reduces the ultimate effectiveness of the catalyst. Typically, solid catalysts (sometimes referred to as catalyst particles) include one or more catalytic components on a porous material having a high internal surface area (eg, 'precious metals, such as (Pd), turn (Pt), Peak u), : (4), etc. 'The internal surface area where the catalytic component is located, usually on the order of a square foot per square foot. Therefore, conventional catalyst compositions or catalyst particles comprise a particularly porous support having a large internal surface area on which the catalytic reaction takes place. However, such catalyst structures often produce a mass transfer system that reduces the effective performance of the catalyst particles with respect to catalyst activity and selectivity' and triggers other catalyst performance problems. In a more representative, representative catalyst structure, the reactants must diffuse through the pores, and the ruthenium can reach the inner region of the catalyst particles, and the product must be expanded into the inner region of the catalyst particles. Because &, the known catalyst group. The porosity is not dependent on other factors, but also depends on the balance.
知觸媒組合物> $ # M 種特性之間的權衡,即觸媒表面積與促 刑,卜主里g之能力之間的權衡。例如,許多催化成分在典 〜 ' 八有微細而複雜之孔隙結構的載體中(經 “微孔隙結構,即<2奈米平均最大直径),以增加觸媒 126437.doc 200902146Known Catalyst Composition > $ # M The trade-off between the characteristics of the catalyst is the trade-off between the catalyst's surface area and the ability to promote the penalty. For example, many catalytic components are in the carrier of the fine-grained and complex pore structure (via "microporous structure, ie < 2 nm average maximum diameter") to increase the catalyst 126437.doc 200902146
顆粒之表面積。此較高表面積通常又將增加觸媒活性。 :,由於較高之觸媒顆粒表面積而導致的觸媒活性增加, 常會引起質量傳遞阻力之問題(亦即阻止反應物及曰產物 進、出觸媒顆粒之運動),特別是载體包括較高百分率之 微孔結構時,該問題更為明顯。藉由增加較大尺寸孔隙 (例如>50奈米的大孔隙)在載體中之百分率,可降低質量 傳遞之阻力(亦即加快質量傳遞)^然而’該解決方案傾向 於降低觸媒顆粒之物理強度及持久性。換言之,自力學之 觀點而言,觸媒顆粒之穩健性降低。 同時,若反應物在觸媒顆粒之孔隙結構中受到明顯的質 S傳遞阻力’則在穩態反應條件下將存在濃度梯度。因 在孔隙、、、„構中,反應物之濃度在觸媒顆粒之周圍最 大,在觸媒顆粒之中心則最小。另_方面,反應產物濃度 在觸媒顆粒之中心要高於觸媒顆粒之周圍。該等濃度梯度 為質量傳遞提供了推動力。該等濃度梯度變得越大,催化 反應之速率就越低。如此一來,觸媒顆粒之有效性能(例 如反應選擇性、再生處理之間的壽命週期及抗結焦性 能等)亦相應降低。 通常情況下,開發觸媒組合物之目的在於:自商業之角 度出發改進如上所述之一或多種加工目標。在某些情況 下,影響觸媒性能的因素之一就是其促進反應物之間快速 有效反應的能力。因此,經常需要具有較低擴散限制之觸 媒組合物。然@ ’在其他情況下’為了獲得較佳之產物, 對於產生特定產物之選擇性可能更為重要。由此,得以淘 126437.doc -10- 200902146 ;太用於移除或轉化非所需反應產物之附加過程及相關處理 設備。 例如,在1976年,Y.T. Shah等人提議使用酸浸鋁硼矽酸 ""纖維、具體而言為E型玻璃(更具體而言,E-621)來產生 種觸媒載體。與習知觸媒相比,該觸媒載體具有較高之 表面積-體積比,進而減小用於汽車排氣系統的催化轉化 器之&寸(例如參 I Oxidation of an Automobile ExhaustThe surface area of the particles. This higher surface area will in turn generally increase catalyst activity. : The increase in catalyst activity due to the higher surface area of the catalyst particles often causes problems with mass transfer resistance (ie, prevents movement of reactants and ruthenium products into and out of the catalyst particles), particularly carriers including This problem is more pronounced with a high percentage of microporous structure. By increasing the percentage of larger size pores (e.g., > 50 nm large pores) in the carrier, the resistance to mass transfer can be reduced (i.e., the mass transfer is accelerated). However, the solution tends to reduce the catalyst particles. Physical strength and durability. In other words, from the viewpoint of mechanics, the robustness of the catalyst particles is lowered. At the same time, if the reactants are subjected to significant mass S transfer resistance in the pore structure of the catalyst particles, a concentration gradient will exist under steady state reaction conditions. Because in the pores, and so on, the concentration of the reactants is the largest around the catalyst particles, and the center of the catalyst particles is the smallest. In other respects, the concentration of the reaction product is higher in the center of the catalyst particles than the catalyst particles. The concentration gradients provide a driving force for mass transfer. The greater the concentration gradient becomes, the lower the rate of catalytic reaction. Thus, the effective properties of the catalyst particles (eg, reaction selectivity, regeneration treatment) The life cycle and anti-coking properties are also reduced accordingly. In general, the purpose of developing a catalyst composition is to improve one or more of the processing objectives described above from a commercial point of view. In some cases, One of the factors affecting the performance of the catalyst is its ability to promote a fast and efficient reaction between reactants. Therefore, a catalyst composition having a lower diffusion limit is often required. However, in other cases, in order to obtain a better product, It may be more important to produce the selectivity of a particular product. Thus, it is possible to scouring 126437.doc -10- 200902146; too much to remove or convert undesired reactions Additional processes and associated processing equipment. For example, in 1976, YT Shah et al. proposed the use of acid leached aluminum boron phthalic acid "" fibers, specifically E-glass (more specifically, E-621) Producing a seed carrier. The catalyst carrier has a higher surface area to volume ratio than conventional catalysts, thereby reducing the size of the catalytic converter used in automotive exhaust systems (eg, I Oxidation of An Automobile Exhaust
Gas Mixture by Fiber Catalysts, Ind. Eng. Chem., Prod. ReS. DeV·,PP· 29·35, Vol· 15, No. 1,1976)。同時,讥讣等 人認為,一般在汽車排氣混合物中產生之反應性氣體(例 如氧化峡、二氧化碳、氮氧化物、甲烷、乙烷、丙烧、 乙稀丙烯、乙炔、苯及甲苯等)容易接觸到在酸浸e型玻 璃中所產生之較大的表面積。Gas Mixture by Fiber Catalysts, Ind. Eng. Chem., Prod. ReS. DeV·, PP·29.35, Vol. 15, No. 1, 1976). At the same time, he believes that reactive gases (such as oxidized gorge, carbon dioxide, nitrogen oxides, methane, ethane, propane, ethylene propylene, acetylene, benzene, toluene, etc.) are generally produced in automobile exhaust mixtures. Easy access to the large surface area produced in acid immersion e-glass.
Shah等人表明,與兩種習知觸媒(以氧化鋁珠為載體之 鉑或以矽膠珠為載體之鉑)相比,具有相對較小表面積(75 m2/g)之較少數量纖維e型玻璃觸媒載體的性能效果要優於 以氧化鋁為載體或以二氧化矽為载體之觸媒(分別為】8〇 m2/g及317 m2/g),其中E型玻璃觸媒之平均孔徑大於以氧 化紹為載體之觸媒或以二氧化矽為載體之觸媒。儘管如 此,Shah等人並未提議或建議有效的汽車排氣氧化能夠在 小於75 m2/g之表面積發生。 將近25年後,Kiwi-Minsker等人在1999年研究了在另一 種酸浸鋁硼矽酸鹽E型玻璃纖維(EGF)中減小表面積後,相 對於用在苯甲搭之選擇性液相氫化的二氧化矽玻璃纖維 126437.doc 200902146 (SGF)有關生成苯甲醇(使用以鉑為主之觸媒)或甲苯(使用 以1巴為主之觸媒)的效果(例如參見《Swpporied G/aw FAeaShah et al. showed that a relatively small amount of fiber e with a relatively small surface area (75 m2/g) compared to two conventional catalysts (platinum supported on alumina beads or platinum supported on silica beads) The performance of the glass-catalyst carrier is better than that of the alumina-supported or cerium oxide-supported catalyst (8 〇m2/g and 317 m2/g, respectively), of which the E-type glass catalyst The average pore diameter is larger than that of the catalyst supported by oxidized or supported by cerium oxide. Despite this, Shah et al. did not propose or suggest that effective vehicle exhaust oxidation can occur at surface areas of less than 75 m2/g. Nearly 25 years later, Kiwi-Minsker et al. studied the reduction of surface area in another acid-impregnated aluminum borosilicate type E glass fiber (EGF) in 1999, relative to the selective liquid phase used in benzene. Hydrogenated cerium oxide glass fiber 126437.doc 200902146 (SGF) Effect on the formation of benzyl alcohol (using a platinum-based catalyst) or toluene (using a catalyst based on 1 bar) (see, for example, Swpporied G/) Aw FAea
Catalysts for Novel Multi-phase Reactor Design, Chem. Eng. Sci. pp. 4785-4790, Vol. 54, 1999)。在該項研究中, Kiwi-Minsker等人發現,SGF不能自酸浸中獲得增大之表 面積,所以相對於用於承載把以作為以把為主之觸媒組合 物之催化成分的EGF樣品(表面積分別為1 5 m2/g及75 m2/g),SGF之表面積保持在2 m2/g之低水平。但,Kiwi-Minsker 等人注 意到, SGF/鈀觸媒 之鈀實 質上具 有與其 EGF/鈀觸媒對應物(即約0.1 mmol/m2)相同的有效表面積濃 度(毫莫耳金屬/每平方公尺莫耳),可是SGF/鈀觸媒組合物 表明,與其EGF/鈀觸媒對應物相比,每公克鈀之活性或反 應速率有所降低。Catalysts for Novel Multi-phase Reactor Design, Chem. Eng. Sci. pp. 4785-4790, Vol. 54, 1999). In this study, Kiwi-Minsker et al. found that SGF does not achieve an increased surface area from acid leaching, so it is relative to the EGF sample used to carry the catalytic component of the catalyst composition. The surface area is 15 m 2 /g and 75 m 2 /g, respectively, and the surface area of SGF is kept at a low level of 2 m 2 /g. However, Kiwi-Minsker et al. noted that the SGF/palladium catalyst palladium essentially has the same effective surface area concentration as its EGF/palladium catalyst counterpart (ie, about 0.1 mmol/m2) (mole metal per square metric) The SGF/palladium catalyst composition shows a decrease in activity or reaction rate per gram of palladium compared to its EGF/palladium catalyst counterpart.
Kiwi-Minsker等人提出,此種SGF/鈀觸媒因表面積減小 而活性降低的現象,可能可解釋為活性成分(亦即催化成 分,在本例為鈀)與SGF載體之相互作用增強,而非由於其 表面積(即2 m2/g)較小。然而,他們未能藉由證明以下論 據來驗證此論點:表面積較小(亦即可與2 m2/g之SGF/鈀相 比)的EGF/鈀觸媒,至少與表面積較大(亦即分別為1 5 m2/g 及75 m2/g)的EGF/鈀觸媒樣品具有相同的催化活性。因 此,Kiwi-Minsker等人提出有關SGF/把之活性限制(亦即由 於SGF與EGF相比具有較高的酸性,鈀與SGF之間的相互 作用增強)為何是主要因素,而非由於實質上SGF/Pd之表 面積較小,原因並不明4。無論如何,Kiwi-Minsker並未 126437.doc •12- 200902146 報^說明,相對於75 m2/g EGF/纪樣品,15 m2/g egf& 樣品因為擴散速率提高而催化活性增強。否則,這或許將 表明由於較小觸媒表面積而產生之有益效果。 最近,在 US 7,060,651 及 EP 1 247 575 A1(EP,575)中,Kiwi-Minsker et al. suggest that the SGF/palladium catalyst has a reduced surface area due to reduced surface area, which may be explained by the enhanced interaction of the active ingredient (ie, the catalytic component, in this case palladium) with the SGF carrier. Not because of its small surface area (ie 2 m2/g). However, they failed to verify this argument by proving the following argument: EGF/palladium catalysts with a small surface area (ie, comparable to 2 m2/g of SGF/palladium), at least with a larger surface area (ie, respectively The EGF/palladium catalyst samples of 15 m2/g and 75 m2/g) have the same catalytic activity. Therefore, Kiwi-Minsker et al. proposed a limitation on the activity of SGF/ (ie, because SGF has a higher acidity than EGF, and the interaction between palladium and SGF is enhanced), not because of The surface area of SGF/Pd is small for unknown reasons. In any case, Kiwi-Minsker did not 126437.doc •12- 200902146 reported that the 15 m2/g egf& sample increased catalytic activity due to increased diffusion rate relative to the 75 m2/g EGF/sample. Otherwise, this may indicate a beneficial effect due to the smaller catalyst surface area. Recently, in US 7,060,651 and EP 1 247 575 A1 (EP, 575),
Barelko等人揭示了使用富含二氧化矽之載體(包括二氧化 矽及包含非二氧化矽之氧化物(例如ai2o3、B2〇3、Na2〇、 MgO、CaO等)作為觸媒載體的有益效果,其中該富含二氧 化矽之載體在载體之表面下層具有偽分層之多微孔結構 (例如參見 EP ‘575之第 U、13、15、17、18、23、31及32 段内容)。正如向歐洲專利局(”EP〇”)更為完整的說明’在 區分ΕΡ ·5 75與Kiwi-Minsker等人在上述文件所揭示之催化 載體(’’Kiwi-Minsker載體”)時,Barelko等人斷言,他們所 主張的富含二氧化矽之載體具有帶狹窄夾層空間的偽分層 多微孔結構,而Kiwi-Minsker載體則沒有此種結構。更具 體而言,Barelko等人認為,在Kiwi-Minkser等人之論文中 沒有依據可假定(a)在Kiwi-Minsker載體中有形成帶狹窄夾 層空間的偽分層多微孔結構;(b)所述帶有狹窄夾層空間的 偽分層多微孔結構有助於增強應用於載體之金屬的活性 (例如參見EP '575之第13、17-18、23及32段内容)。Barelko et al. disclose the beneficial effects of using a cerium oxide-rich carrier, including cerium oxide and an oxide comprising non-cerium oxide (eg, ai2o3, B2〇3, Na2〇, MgO, CaO, etc.) as a catalyst carrier. Wherein the cerium-enriched support has a pseudo-layered microporous structure in the lower surface of the support (see, for example, paragraphs U, 13, 15, 17, 18, 23, 31 and 32 of EP '575) As explained in more detail to the European Patent Office ("EP〇"), in distinguishing the catalytic carrier (''Kiwi-Minsker carrier') disclosed in the above document by ΕΡ5 75 and Kiwi-Minsker et al. Barelko et al. assert that the cerium-enriched carrier they claim has a pseudo-layered microporous structure with a narrow interlayer space, whereas the Kiwi-Minsker carrier does not. For example, Barelko et al. In Kiwi-Minkser et al., there is no basis for assuming that (a) there is a pseudo-stratified microporous structure with a narrow interlayer space in the Kiwi-Minsker carrier; (b) the pseudo-separated space with pseudo-separation Layered microporous structure helps to enhance The active metal on the carrier (see, e.g. EP '575 and 32 of the first piece of content 13,17-18,23).
Barelko等人藉由向歐洲專利局說明下述内容,進一步 將其富含二氧化石夕之載體與Kiwi-Minsker等人提出之載體 加以區分:由於”催化成分以高度分散之活性狀態在載體 之表面 Ύ 層優勢分布(a predominant distribution of the catalytic components in the subsurface layers of the support 126437.doc -13 - 200902146 in a highly dispersed active state)”(在恿艾蟄線),駕含二 氧化矽之載體具有更高活性的催化狀態,因此該更高活性 之催化狀態使得催化成分能夠耐受燒結、聚集及自載體剝 落及觸殺劑之作用(例如參見EP '5 75之第11段)。EP ' 5 75確 認’擴散限制可能會阻礙陽離子混入載體之夾層空間,並 因此阻礙陽離子藉由化學吸附進入載體(例如參見ΕΡ ι575 之第17段)。為了解決該擴散限制問題,Barelk〇等人提出 (並主張)一種載體結構,在該載體結構中,”薄”層之石夕-氧 碎片經分離形成狹窄夾層空間(即偽分層之多微孔結構), 該狹窄的夾層空間包含"大量的"〇H基團,該等〇H基團之 質子可被陽離子交換。Barelko等人揭示,充分II薄"的矽_ 氧碎片層為高Q3至Q4比率所特有,並且他們進一步聲明, 帶有大量夾在狹窄夾層空間之間的〇H基團之偽分層多微 孔結構,已藉由29Si NMR(核磁共振)及汛(紅外)光譜量測 結合氬BET及驗滴定表面積量測得到證實。 像該等玻璃觸媒組合物甲的一些一樣,許多習知觸媒試 圖解決至少一項上述確認之加工問題,但在觸媒性能之其 他方面則表現人佳。所以,該等習知觸媒經常侷限於較窄 之過程反應範圍内,在要求再生或置換之前的使用週期有 限及/或需要大量裝填昂貴之催化成分(例如鉑、鈀等貴金 屬),因而顯著增加觸媒生產及進行催化過程之成本。 因此’需要一種改進之觸媒組合物’能夠用於各種加工 反應,同時改進諸如製程反應性、選擇性及/或能量效率 等。該觸媒組合物較佳可對相當廣泛之製程條件及要求進 126437.doc • 14 · 200902146 行改進,同時增強穩健性及持久性,並保持相對較長的笋 命週期。申請人已發現一種複合觸媒組合物,預期能夠滿 足該適用廣泛催化反應的需要。 【發明内容】 按照本發明的一個態樣提供一種複合觸媒组合物,其包 括: ' (a) 至少一種第一組合物,及 (b) 至少一種第二組合物,其具有至少一種前驅物觸媒組 合物,該前驅物觸媒組合物包括, -具有外表面、表面區域及表面下區域的實質上無孔 基質, -至少一種催化成分,及 -至少一個催化活性區域,其包括至少一種催化成 分,其中 L該實質上無孔基質具有當以選自S.A.W^, S.A·心_β£;Γ及其組合組成之群之方法量測時,所 測得之介於約0.01 m2/g至1 〇 m2/g之間的總表面 積; 11.該至少一個催化活性區域可為連續或不連續, 且具有催化有效量之至少一種催化成分;及 ni·該至少一種催化成分基本分分散於至少一種前 驅物觸媒組合物内或組合物上, 其中’在生成該至少一種前驅物觸媒組合物之後,將該至 少一種第一組合物與該至少一種第二組合物混合。 126437.doc • 15· 200902146 基於以下實施方式及所附之申社 甲叫專利範圍及附圖,熟習 此項技術者將能清楚掌握本發明之其他態樣。 ‘、’、 【實施方式】 定義 本文中所使用的術語具有以下定義之含義。 ”孔隙”表示深度大於寬度之空穴或通道。 ”互連孔隙”表示與一砹容彻甘 兴α多個其他孔隙相通之孔隙。 ’’閉口孔隙”表示與閉口孔隙新* $所在材料的外表面沒有任何 通道之孔隙。 ”開口孔隙’’表示與開口孔隙所在材料的外表面有直接通 道或、.'主由另一孔隙或互連孔隙相連之孔隙(亦即不屬於 閉口孔隙之孔隙)。 ”孔隙寬度,,表示按照指定方法確定之孔隙的内徑或相對 壁之間的距離。 ”孔隙體積”表示按照指定方法確定之所有孔隙的總體積 效應’但不包括閉口孔隙之體積效應。 ”多孔性”表示材料中孔隙體積與該材料所占總體積之比 率 〇 ,’微孔隙’’表不内部寬度小於2奈米之孔隙。 ’’中孔隙’,表不内部寬度在2奈米至5〇奈米之間的孔隙。 ’,大孔隙’,表示内部寬度大於50奈米之孔隙。 ’,外表面,’表不一材料之外邊界或表皮(厚度接近零),包 括外邊界或表皮上與缺陷(若有)有關的規則或不規則之輪 廓。 126437.doc -16 - 200902146 ,,孔壁表面,,指内邊界或表皮(厚度接近零),包括在内邊 界或表皮上的任何與缺陷(若有)有關的規則或不規則之輪 廓,實質上界定具有至少一或多種類型孔隙之材料中任何 開口孔隙的形狀。 ”表面”總體表示材料之孔壁表面(若存在任何開口孔 隙)、材料之外表面及其表面區域。 表面區域表示可根據材料而改變的材料的區域,不包 括任何由材料之開口孔隙(若存在任何開口孔隙)所界定之 區域,但該表面區域⑷在材料的外表面以下小於或等於川 奈米(較佳為-<20奈米’更佳為_<1〇奈米);在材料有任何開 口孔隙時’該表面區域⑻在材料的孔壁表面以下小於或等 於30奈米(較佳為<20奈米,更佳一 更佳為幻0奈未)。對於具有可 ==程變化的材料,無論該等變化是否規則,沿 邊界或内部邊界或表皮,外部或内部❹或表皮的 千均南程用於確定表面區域之平均深度。 包括^二:區:表不可根據材料而改變的材料區域,但不 。、何由材料之開口孔隙(若存在任何開口 之區域’但該表面下區域⑷在材料的外表 、1疋 米(較佳為>20奈米,更佳為>1〇太^.卜表面以下大於30奈 孔隙時,該表 ”'、不”),在材料有任何開口 米㈣為>2G奈米,更佳為〉1G奈米)壁表一下大㈣奈 •’内表面積”或,,開口孔壁表面積 在材料令所有開口孔壁 ’、私定方法確定之 札土之表面積效應。 之不包括材料中所有孔 表面積’’表示用指定方法確定 126437. d〇c 200902146 壁之表面積效應的材料表面積效應。 ”總表面積,,表示用指定方法確定之材料内表面積及其外 表面積之和。 ,,鈉-化學吸附表面積”或S.A.心表示藉由使用化學吸附法 由鈉陽離子的化學吸附而確定之材料表面積,該(等)彳匕學 吸附法在 G.W. Sears 如 β/. C/zem·,1956, ν〇ι. 28, ρ 1981 與 R. Her,C/zem⑹r_y o/W/ica,John Wiley & s〇ns 1979 ρ 203及353中說明。 ”鈉-化學吸附表面積變化率”或,,SARC^,,其中 SARQfVy ls/v初,其中⑴v初為用於最初滴定含水漿液 混合物的稀NaOH滴定溶液之初始體積,在約25<t溫度下Barelko et al. further differentiated their carrier rich in dioxide dioxide from the carrier proposed by Kiwi-Minsker et al. by explaining the following to the European Patent Office: due to the fact that the catalytic component is highly dispersed in the active state. a dominant distribution of the catalytic components in the subsurface layers of the support 126437.doc -13 - 200902146 in a highly dispersed active state" (on the Ai 蛰 line), the carrier containing cerium oxide The catalytic state with higher activity, and thus the catalytic state of higher activity, enables the catalytic component to withstand sintering, aggregation and self-carrier flaking and the action of contact agents (see, for example, EP 11 5 75). EP '5 75 confirms that the diffusion limit may hinder the intercalation of the cation into the support and thus hinder the entry of the cation into the support by chemisorption (see, for example, paragraph 17 of ι 575575). In order to solve this diffusion limitation problem, Barelk et al. propose (and advocate) a carrier structure in which the "thin" layer of the diarrhea-oxygen fragments are separated to form a narrow interlayer space (i.e., the number of pseudo-layers) Pore structure), the narrow interlayer space contains "a large number of "〇H groups, the protons of which H group can be exchanged by cations. Barelko et al. revealed that the full II thin " 氧-oxygen fragment layer is unique for high Q3 to Q4 ratios, and they further declare that there are a large number of pseudo-layers with a large number of 〇H groups sandwiched between narrow interlayer spaces. The microporous structure has been confirmed by 29Si NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) and krypton (infrared) spectrometry combined with argon BET and titration surface area measurements. Like some of these glass catalyst compositions A, many conventional catalysts attempt to solve at least one of the above identified processing problems, but perform better in other aspects of catalyst performance. Therefore, such conventional catalysts are often limited to a narrow process reaction range, have a limited life cycle before regeneration or replacement is required, and/or require a large amount of expensive catalytic components (e.g., precious metals such as platinum, palladium, etc.), and thus are significant. Increase the cost of catalyst production and catalytic processes. Thus, there is a need for an improved catalyst composition that can be used in a variety of processing reactions while improving such as process responsiveness, selectivity and/or energy efficiency. The catalyst composition is preferably improved over a wide range of process conditions and requirements while enhancing robustness and durability while maintaining a relatively long shoot-up period. Applicants have discovered a composite catalyst composition that is expected to meet the need for this broad range of catalytic reactions. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION According to one aspect of the invention, a composite catalyst composition is provided comprising: '(a) at least one first composition, and (b) at least one second composition having at least one precursor a catalyst composition comprising: - a substantially non-porous substrate having an outer surface, a surface region and a subsurface region, - at least one catalytic component, and - at least one catalytically active region comprising at least one a catalytic component, wherein L the substantially non-porous substrate has a measured value of about 0.01 m2/g when measured by a method selected from the group consisting of SAW^, SA·heart_β£; Γ and combinations thereof a total surface area between 1 〇m2/g; 11. the at least one catalytically active region may be continuous or discontinuous, and having a catalytically effective amount of at least one catalytic component; and ni. the at least one catalytic component is substantially dispersed In or on at least one precursor catalyst composition, wherein 'after the at least one precursor catalyst composition is formed, the at least one first composition is mixed with the at least one second composition . 126437.doc • 15· 200902146 Based on the following embodiments and the accompanying claims, the scope of the patents and the accompanying drawings will be apparent to those skilled in the art. ‘,’, [Embodiment] Definitions The terms used herein have the meanings defined below. "Pore" means a cavity or channel having a depth greater than the width. "Interconnected pores" means pores that communicate with a plurality of other pores of the 砹 甘 甘 甘. ''Closed pores' means that there is no channel pores on the outer surface of the material with the closed pores new * $. "Open pores'' means that there is a direct passage or the outer surface of the material in which the open pores are located. Interconnecting pores connected by pores (ie, pores that are not part of the closed pores). "Pore width," means the inner diameter of the pore or the distance between the opposing walls as determined by the specified method. "Pore volume" means the total volume effect of all pores determined by the specified method 'but does not include the volume effect of the closed pore." "Porosity" means the ratio of the pore volume in the material to the total volume of the material. 'Microporosity' indicates the pores with an internal width of less than 2 nm. ''Mesopores', the internal width of the surface is not less than 2 nm. Pore between 5 nanometers. ', large pores', indicating pores with an internal width greater than 50 nm. ', outer surface, 'not the outer boundary or skin of the material (thickness close to zero), including the outer boundary or A regular or irregular contour on the epidermis associated with a defect, if any. 126437.doc -16 - 200902146 ,, the wall surface of the hole, the inner boundary or the skin (near thickness), including the inner boundary or the skin Any regular or irregular profile associated with a defect, if any, substantially defines the shape of any open pore in the material having at least one or more types of pores. The overall representation of the pore wall surface of the material (if any open pores exist), the outer surface of the material and its surface area. The surface area represents the area of the material that can vary depending on the material, and does not include any open pores from the material (if any openings are present) The area defined by the pores, but the surface area (4) is less than or equal to Kawana below the outer surface of the material (preferably - <20 nm' is preferably _<1 〇 nanometer); When the aperture is open, the surface area (8) is less than or equal to 30 nm below the surface of the pore wall of the material (preferably < 20 nm, more preferably better than illusion 0). For a change with a change of == The material, whether or not the change is regular, along the boundary or internal boundary or skin, the outer or inner ridge or the skin's mean square is used to determine the average depth of the surface area. Included ^ 2: Zone: The table cannot be changed according to the material Material area, but no., by the open pores of the material (if there is any open area 'but the surface area (4) is on the outer surface of the material, 1 疋m (preferably > 20 nm, more preferably > ; 1〇太^. When the surface below the surface is larger than 30 nanopores, the table "', no"), in the material has any opening meter (four) for > 2G nanometer, more preferably > 1G nanometer) wall table big (4) Nai's internal surface area or, surface area of the open pore wall in the material makes all the open pore walls', the surface area effect of the soil determined by the private method. The absence of all pore surface areas in the material '' indicates the material surface area effect determined by the specified method 126437. d〇c 200902146 Wall surface area effect. "Total surface area, means the sum of the internal surface area of the material and its external surface area determined by the specified method. , Sodium - chemisorption surface area" or SA center means the surface area of the material determined by chemical adsorption of sodium cations by chemical adsorption. , the (etc.) dropout adsorption method in GW Sears such as β/. C/zem·, 1956, ν〇ι. 28, ρ 1981 and R. Her, C/zem(6)r_y o/W/ica, John Wiley & S〇ns 1979 ρ 203 and 353 are explained. "Sodium-chemosorption surface area change rate" or, SARC^, where SARQfVy ls/v is initially, where (1)v is initially the initial volume of the dilute NaOH titration solution used to initially titrate the aqueous slurry mixture, at a temperature of about 25 < t
在3.4 M NaCl溶液中包括實質上不溶於水之材料,溶液pH 值在零時間t。自最初的PH 4.0到達pH 9.0,及(ii) V5ii5係指 用於使漿液混合物在15分鐘時間内保持在pH 9的相同濃度A material that is substantially insoluble in water is included in the 3.4 M NaCl solution, and the pH of the solution is at time t. From the initial pH 4.0 to pH 9.0, and (ii) V5ii5 means the same concentration used to maintain the slurry mixture at pH 9 for a period of 15 minutes.
NaOH滴定液的總體積,每隔5分鐘(總共3個5分鐘的間 隔刀別為t5、tl 0及ti s)該總體積按照需要儘快進行相應調 整。 〜 斤乂 V 係指在以下更詳細描述之滴定程序中所使用 之他如滴定液的總體積,其中V初+V5M5=V總。因此,v5il5 可表不為乂總與V初之差,其中V5&15=v總-V初。 就本疋義而言,藉由將3〇公克NaCl(試劑級)添加到150 耄升水中製備3.4 M NaCl溶液,將1>5公克樣品材料添加到 NaC1 a液中以產生含水漿液混合物。含水漿液混合物必須 首先调整為pH 4.0。為了在滴定之前進行此調整,可相應 126437.doc • 18· 200902146 地使用少量稀酸(例如HC1)或稀鹼(例如Na〇H)。滴定時, 為了首先獲得v初,先使用稀Na0H滴定液(例如〇^ N或 0.01 N),然後使用Vpu進行SARC心測定。另外,就本定 義而言,Vs至is為在ts、〜及tls使用之NaOH滴定液的累積 體積,其中使用NaOH滴定液每隔5分鐘(共3個5分鐘的間 隔)盡快滴定,以按照需要自t。至最終時間tl5的丨5分鐘内將 漿液混合物之pH值調整為9.〇。 就本定義而言,在用任何可選擇的離子交換(ΙΕχ)、反 離子交換(BIX)及/或靜電吸附(ΕΑ)處理方法進行處理以將 一或多種2型成分前驅物(以下說明)整合至基質表面上及/ 或基質表面内之前,確定樣品材料之SARCjva。 ”初濕”表示,對於包括固體或半固體材料之含水漿狀或 糊狀混合物’正在測定該材料之等電點("IEp")的_時間 點,此時,去離子水實質上覆蓋了固體或半固體材料之整 個表面,並於目前的程度填充了該材料可能具有的任何可 通水之孔隙體積,進而允許水進入含水漿狀或糊狀混合 物,以提供玻璃電極觸面與其參考電極觸面及二者之間充 分的液體接觸,進而測定材料的IEP。 ’’等電點’’或IEP表示固體或半固體材料在初濕時之淨表 面電荷為零的pH值。在本文中使用之IEp亦可稱為電荷零 點(zero point charge ’ ZPC)或零電荷點(point 〇f zer〇 charge,PZC)。 ’’催化有效量,,表示在適當的加工條件下,足以將至少一 種反應物轉化成足夠產量之至少—種預定產物,以支援試 126437.doc •19- 200902146 驗工廠或商業級製程的催化成分之量。 ’,硫屬化物(Chalconide),,表示包括至少一種來自由硫 (S)、硒(Se)及碲(Te)組成之群的第μ族(以前的第via族)元 素及至少一種正電性强於其對應的第16族元素之元素或基 團的化合物。 ”貴金屬”表示來自鍺(Rh)、鈀(Pd)、銀(Ag)、鈒(Ir)、鉑 (Pt)及金(Au)之群的過渡金屬’除非另有說明以金屬錯合 物、金屬鹽、金屬陽離子或金屬陰離子之形式處於荷電狀 態’否則各種過渡金屬均處於零氧化狀態(同時處於未反 應狀態)。 抗腐蚀基質’,表示一種能夠抵抗表面下區域的基質組成 結構發生實質改變的基質,該等改變係由於大部分酸或稀 驗在標準溫度及壓力條件下造成結構組成元素之改變及/ 或損失 '新的孔隙生成、孔隙大小膨脹等。然而,耐腐蝕 基質之組成結構可能實質上被高強度酸(例如高強 度鹼(例如濃NaOH)或其他強腐蝕性試劑(無論係單獨或係 與高溫、高壓及/或高振動頻率條件結合)所改變,就本定 義而言,此類基質仍視為”抗腐蝕,,基質。 ’’表面活性”表示一材料之表面充分地裝填有—或多種荷 電成分之狀態,該裝填有一或多種荷電成分之材料係用以 ⑴在穩態反應條件下促進催化反應而不進— (ii)另外,藉由與一或多種荷電成分之間的 及/或離子交換相互作用,用於進一步改質 在穩態反應條件下作為催化成分。 步改質,或者 靜電相互作用 ’進而隨後可 126437.doc -20- 200902146 ’’基質,,表示任何固體或半固體材料,包括但不限於玻璃 及玻璃樣材料,IEP大於〇但小於或等於14,表面活性狀態 可按照基質在觸媒組合物(具有催化有效量之催化成分)中 之預定用途進行更改。 ,’整合,’表示藉由電子及/或物理化學相互作用(例如離 子、靜電或共價相互作用,包括但不限於氫鍵合、離子鍵 合、靜電鍵合、凡得瓦力(Van der Waals)/偶極鍵合、親和The total volume of the NaOH titrant is adjusted every 5 minutes (a total of 3 5 minute intervals for t5, tl 0 and ti s). ~ 斤 乂 V refers to the total volume of his titrant used in the titration procedure described in more detail below, where V is initially + V5M5 = V total. Therefore, v5il5 can be expressed as the difference between the total and the beginning of V, where V5 & 15 = v total - V initial. For the purposes of this, a 3.4 M NaCl solution was prepared by adding 3 gram NaCl (reagent grade) to 150 liters of water, and 1 > 5 gram of sample material was added to the NaC1 a solution to produce an aqueous slurry mixture. The aqueous slurry mixture must first be adjusted to pH 4.0. In order to make this adjustment before titration, a small amount of dilute acid (such as HCl) or a dilute base (such as Na〇H) can be used accordingly. Titration, in order to obtain the initial v first, first use a dilute Na0H titration solution (for example, 〇^ N or 0.01 N), and then use Vpu for SARC heart measurement. In addition, for the purposes of this definition, Vs to is the cumulative volume of the NaOH titrant used in ts, ~ and tls, wherein the NaOH titration solution is titrated as quickly as possible every 5 minutes (3 3 minute intervals) to follow Need to be from t. The pH of the slurry mixture was adjusted to 9. 丨 within 5 minutes of the final time t15. For the purposes of this definition, it is treated with any alternative ion exchange (ΙΕχ), counter ion exchange (BIX) and/or electrostatic adsorption (ΕΑ) treatment to produce one or more Type 2 component precursors (described below) The SARCjva of the sample material is determined prior to integration onto the surface of the substrate and/or within the surface of the substrate. "Incipient wetness" means that for an aqueous slurry or paste mixture comprising a solid or semi-solid material, the time point of the material's isoelectric point ("IEp") is being measured, at which point the deionized water is substantially covered. The entire surface of the solid or semi-solid material, and to the present extent, fills any water-permeable pore volume that the material may have, thereby allowing water to enter the aqueous slurry or paste mixture to provide a glass electrode contact and its reference The electrode contact surface and sufficient liquid contact between the two, thereby determining the IEP of the material. The 'isoelectric point' or IEP indicates the pH at which the solid surface charge of the solid or semi-solid material is zero at the initial humidity. The IEp used herein may also be referred to as a zero point charge 'ZPC' or a point 〇f zer〇 charge (PZC). ''Catalytic effective amount, means at least enough to convert at least one of the reactants into sufficient yield under appropriate processing conditions to support the test 126437.doc •19- 200902146 Catalytic or commercial grade process catalysis The amount of ingredients. ', Chalconide, denotes at least one element from the group consisting of sulfur (S), selenium (Se) and tellurium (Te), and a group of at least one positive A compound that is stronger than the element or group of its corresponding Group 16 element. "Precious metal" means a transition metal from the group of rhodium (Rh), palladium (Pd), silver (Ag), iridium (Ir), platinum (Pt), and gold (Au), unless otherwise stated, with a metal complex, The form of the metal salt, metal cation or metal anion is in a charged state - otherwise the various transition metals are in a zero oxidation state (while in an unreacted state). Anti-corrosion matrix', a matrix that is capable of resisting substantial changes in the matrix composition of the subsurface region. These changes are due to changes and/or loss of structural constituent elements due to most acids or tests under standard temperature and pressure conditions. 'New pore formation, pore size expansion, etc. However, the composition of the corrosion-resistant matrix may be substantially composed of a high-strength acid (eg, a high-strength base (eg, concentrated NaOH) or other highly corrosive agent (whether alone or in combination with high temperature, high pressure, and/or high vibration frequency conditions) Altered, for the purposes of this definition, such a matrix is still considered "corrosion resistant, matrix. ''Surface activity' means that the surface of a material is sufficiently filled with - or a plurality of charged components, one or more charged The material of the component is used to (1) promote the catalytic reaction under steady-state reaction conditions without- (ii) additionally, for further modification by interaction with one or more charged components and/or ion exchange interaction As a catalytic component under steady-state reaction conditions. Step-up, or electrostatic interactions, and then s. 126437.doc -20- 200902146 ''matrix, means any solid or semi-solid material, including but not limited to glass and glass-like materials , IEP is greater than 〇 but less than or equal to 14, and the surface active state may be predetermined according to the matrix in the catalyst composition (having a catalytically effective amount of catalytic component) Changes are made. 'Integration,' means electronic and/or physicochemical interactions (eg, ionic, electrostatic or covalent interactions including, but not limited to, hydrogen bonding, ionic bonding, electrostatic bonding, van der Waals) Van der Waals / dipole bonding, affinity
C 力鍵合、共價鍵合及其組合)將化學成分與基質進行結 合。 實施方式概述 本實施方式概述下的註解僅用於說明與附隨申請專利範 圍有關之選定態樣及因f,因此僅用於以簡要之措詞方便 表述可能與讀者的潛在利益有關之實施方式的某些態樣。 因此’本實施方式註解不應視為對附隨申請發明範圍之限 制。 複合觸媒組合物(以下更詳細介紹)包括至少一種耐高溫 氧化物及至少-種具有至少―種催化成分之至少—種前驅 物觸媒組合物。該前驅物觸媒組合物可藉由離子交換、浸 潰、沈殿、共沈澱或其他觸媒組合物製備方法製備,只要 該方法可以產生某種前驅物觸媒組合物,至少一種催 化成分在㈣高溫無機氧化物混合之後保持實質上分散於 前驅物觸媒組合物内及/或組合物上。 、 本發明的-個態樣係關於—種複合觸媒組合物,其包括 耐高溫無機氧化物及前驅物觸媒組合物,該前驅物觸媒組 126437.doc 200902146 合物具有實質上無孔基質,但實際上可能會存在數量上無 關緊要,對於觸媒組合物之預定用途沒有不利影響的微孔 隙、中孔隙及/或大孔隙體積。前驅物觸媒組合物較佳為 一種官能性表面觸媒組合物(”FSC組合物,,)。本發明的另 一態樣係關於各種製造新穎複合觸媒組合物之方法,較佳 具有FSC組合物。本發明之又一態樣係關於在各種過程中 使用觸媒組合物,該等過程例如為烴、雜烴及/或非烴處 理、轉化、精煉及/或排放控制及處理過程以及其他類型 的過程。例如,新穎複合觸媒組合物可提高烴、雜烴及/ 或非烴處理、轉化、精煉及/或排放控制及處理過程以及 其他類型過程的反應選擇性、反應速率、成品良率及能量 效率。 前驅物觸媒基質組合物 前驅物觸媒組合物具有實質上無孔之基質及包含至少一 種催化成分的催化活性區域。通常,前驅物觸媒組合物之 基質應為實質上無孔,但實際上可能存在數量上無關緊 要’對於觸媒組合物之預定用途沒有不利影響的微孔隙、 中孔隙及/或大孔隙體積。 如上所述’前驅物觸媒組合物較佳為FSC組合物。因 此’為了說明此較佳實施例,本文介紹之複合觸媒組合物 將會更詳細描述作為前驅物觸媒組合物的不同Fsc組合 物。但是應知曉’由熟悉此項技術者所知的其他方法製備 之觸媒組合物也可以用於製造本文所述之複合觸媒組合物 的前驅物觸媒組合物。 126437.doc -22· 200902146 在產生FSC組合物時應考慮到若干項因素,該等因素包 括但不限於: ω鑒於預期用途,獲得具有預定等電點("IEP”)之基質, 無論按原樣獲得或經後續處理後獲得; (ii) 馨於預定用途,基質之抗腐敍性程度; (iii) 鑒於預定用途,為了獲得所需表面性質’基質之多孔 性程度(若有),及相關之元素組成(特別係在表面上), (iv) 取決於組合物之預定用途,適當時,基質對於產生適 當等電點之化學敏感度,且藉由—或多種具有第一類 與基質之離子及/或靜電相互作用的第一成分,使基質 具有表面活性,該基質能夠但不一定產生催化活性區 域,該催化活性區域在基質表面上及/或内的平均厚度 為S約30奈米,較佳為<約2〇奈米,更佳為 <約丨❶奈 米; (v) 基質對於視情况可選擇之離子交換(ΙΕχ)、反離子交換 (BIX)及/或靜電吸附(ΕΑ)處理方法的化學敏感性,該 等處理方法用於將一或多種第二成分整合至基質表面 上及/或内,該基質表面具有第二類與基質離子及/或 靜電相互作用,並因此產生催化活性區域,該催化活 性區域在基質表面上及/或内的平均厚度為$約3〇奈 米,較佳為2約20奈米,更佳為S約10奈米;及 (vi) 取決於組合物之預定用途,處理過之基質對於下述反 應的化學敏感性:可選的煅燒及/或還原、氧化或進一 步使處理過之基質在使用觸媒組合物之前與第一或第 126437.doc -23- 200902146 二催化成分起化學反應。 I·前驅物基質說明 對於許多潛在用途之通常及較隹範園說明的1Ep選擇 用於生成本發明之前驅物觸媒組合物之基質較佳為含矽 基質組合物,特別是當前驅物觸媒為FSC組合物時,包括 但不限於玻璃、碳化矽、氮化矽、堇青石、含矽陶瓷及其 混合物,無論原樣具有表面活性還是經處理產生表面活性 狀態,其IEP大於約〇但小於或等於14,較佳大於或等於約 4.5但小於14,且更佳大於或等於約6 〇但小於14。在這些 3石夕組σ物t ’較佳為玻璃組合物。實質上無⑦組合物亦 可用於產生本發明的前驅物觸媒組合物,包括但不限於實 質上無石夕陶曼、a(alpha)氧化紹、氧化錯、氧化欽、碳及 其混合物,無論原樣具有表面活性還是經處理產生表面活 性狀態’纟IEP均為大於約〇但小於等於"。@否獲得具有 適當IEP(適於產生用於預定料之前驅物觸媒組合物)的基 貝取決於各種因素,其中部分因素已概要說明。赛於下文 提供更詳細之論述,熟習此項技術者將會更清楚掌握與選 擇適當IEP有關的其他因素。 例如,對於許多具有商業利益之製程,玻璃(或玻璃樣) «物及/、表面活性產物較佳具有大於或等於約* 5但小 於14之ΙΕΡ,而預計ΙΕρ大於或等於約但小於μ之玻璃 '、且口物更佳,且預計1ΕΡ大於或等於約7.8但小於14之玻璃 ”且口物最佳。然而,取決於觸媒組合物之預定用途及在組 合物的基質中多孔性之程度及類型,較佳的ΐΕρ範圍可能 I26437.doc -24- 200902146 受:到影響。另外,某些催化製程對於在較低pH範圍具有表 面活性之觸媒組合物更為敏感。因此,在該等情況下, IEP小於7.8(較佳為<6,更佳為£4.5)的基質很可能更適用 於此類製程。所以,再次申明,在適當的IEP範圍内選擇 基質時’不僅要考慮觸媒組合物之預定用途這一因素,還 要結合基質之多孔性、化學組合物及處理程序(若有)等。 另外,取決於預期催化用途,許多玻璃類型可成為潛在 的基質候選對象’以獲得適當的IEP及多孔性的程度及類 型’無論係按原樣接收或使用以下一或多種處理方法。通 常’一些該等玻璃類型之實例包括但不限於E玻璃、無硼£ 玻璃、S玻璃、R玻璃、AR玻璃、稀土-矽酸鹽玻璃 '鋇_ 鈦-矽酸鹽玻璃、氮化物玻璃如矽_鋁_氧·氮玻璃、A玻璃、 C玻璃及CC玻璃。然而,以下將舉例說明通常預期用於一 系列催化應用及某些可能處理之玻璃類型。 AR型玻璃說明 例如但不限於,” AR型"玻璃係一組IEp大於78,範圍很 廣而實質上無孔玻璃組合物。通常,AR型玻璃包含相當 數量之鹼性氧化物型玻璃網狀物改質劑,通常占總玻璃组 合物重量的1〇 wt.%或以上。該等鹼性氧化物網狀物改質 劑包括但不限於錯⑼、給㈣、銘⑽、鑭系元素及_ 元素之氧化物、驗土金屬氧化物(第2族)、驗金屬氧化物 (第j族)等。包含錯(Zr)、銓(Hf)、鋁(A1)、鑭系元素、鹼 土氧化物及鹼金屬氧化物的玻璃係較佳,而包含錯(Zr)的 玻璃組合物(例如但不限於八反型玻璃)則尤其較佳。° I26437.doc •25- 200902146 A型破璃說明 另外,例如但不限於,”A型”玻璃係另外一組範圍很廣 而實質上無孔玻璃組合物,無論表面活性係按原樣接收或 經處理而產生表面活性狀態’ IEP均大於約7.8但小於丨4。 通常’ A型玻璃將包括酸性或鹼性氧化物型玻璃網狀物 改質劑’該等玻璃網狀物改質劑包括(例如)但不限於鋅 (Zn)、鎂(Mg)、鈣(Ca)、銘(A1)、硼(B)、鈦(Ti)、鐵(Fe)、 納(Na)及鉀(K)等元素的氧化物。若使用驗性網狀物改質 劑,則包括在該等較低IEP玻璃内之數量傾向於<12 wt.〇/。。包含鎂、鈣、鋁、鋅、納及卸的玻璃係較佳。 未後浸之E型玻璃說明 未酸浸之"E型"玻璃係另一組範圍很廣而實質上無孔玻 璃組合物’其中包括無限的實例,無論表面活性係按原樣 接收或經處理產生表面活性狀態,IEP均大於約7.8但小於 14 〇 通常’未酸浸之E型玻璃將包括酸性或鹼性氧化物型玻 璃網狀物改質劑’包括(例如)但不限於鋅(Zn)、鎂(Mg)、 鈣(Ca)、鋁(A1) ' 蝴(B)、鈦(Ti)、鐵(Fe)、鈉(Na)及鉀(K) 等元素的氧化物。若使用鹼性網狀物改質劑,則包括在該 等未酸浸之E型玻璃内的量傾向於為<2〇 wt %。包含鎂、 鈣、鋁、鋅、鈉及鉀的玻璃係較佳。 多孔性說明 基質之多孔性係產生本發明觸媒組合物的另一相關態 樣。通常,基質應為實質上無孔,但實際上可能存在數量 126437.doc -26 - 200902146 上無關緊要’對於觸姐έ人 啁媒組合物之預定用途沒有不利影響的 微孔隙、中孔隙及/戋大 a大孔隙體積。由於材料中的微孔隙 體積、&常難以偵測’本說明使用兩種表面積量測法來測定 基質疋否實貝上無孔’以鐘別本發明之觸媒組合物。 第項表面積置測係藉由適用於接受量測之預期表面積 範圍的熱吸附/脫时㈣行敎,可詩㈣微孔隙、 中孔隙及/或大孔隙之鞀疮 ,、之程度。例如’對於較大表面積量測 (例如 > 約 3 m2/g)Ni RPT nr,C force bonding, covalent bonding, and combinations thereof combine chemical components with a substrate. MODES FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION The notes under the Summary of the Present Embodiment are only used to illustrate selected aspects and factors related to the scope of the accompanying claims, and are therefore only used to facilitate the presentation of possible implementations that may be of potential interest to the reader in a simplified wording. Some aspects of it. Therefore, the description of the present embodiment should not be construed as limiting the scope of the appended claims. The composite catalyst composition (described in more detail below) includes at least one high temperature resistant oxide and at least one of the at least one precursor catalyst composition having at least one of the catalytic components. The precursor catalyst composition can be prepared by ion exchange, impregnation, sedimentation, coprecipitation or other catalyst composition preparation methods, as long as the method can produce a precursor catalyst composition, at least one catalytic component in (4) The high temperature inorganic oxide remains substantially dispersed within the precursor catalyst composition and/or composition after mixing. The present invention relates to a composite catalyst composition comprising a refractory inorganic oxide and a precursor catalyst composition, the precursor catalyst group 126437.doc 200902146 having substantially non-porous The matrix, but in practice there may be microvoids, mesopores and/or macropore volumes that are not quantitatively significant and do not adversely affect the intended use of the catalyst composition. The precursor catalyst composition is preferably a functional surface catalyst composition ("FSC composition,"). Another aspect of the invention pertains to various methods of making novel composite catalyst compositions, preferably having FSC Compositions. Yet another aspect of the invention relates to the use of catalyst compositions in various processes, such as hydrocarbon, hydrocarbon and/or non-hydrocarbon treatment, conversion, refining, and/or emission control and treatment processes, and Other types of processes. For example, novel composite catalyst compositions can improve the reaction selectivity, reaction rate, and finished product of hydrocarbon, hydrocarbon, and/or non-hydrocarbon treatment, conversion, refining, and/or emission control and treatment processes, as well as other types of processes. Yield and Energy Efficiency. Precursor Catalyst Matrix Composition The precursor catalyst composition has a substantially non-porous substrate and a catalytically active region comprising at least one catalytic component. Typically, the matrix of the precursor catalyst composition should be substantially There are no pores, but there may actually be micropores, mesopores and/or macropores that do not adversely affect the intended use of the catalyst composition. Volume. As described above, the precursor catalyst composition is preferably an FSC composition. Thus, for purposes of illustrating the preferred embodiment, the composite catalyst compositions described herein will be described in more detail as precursor precursor compositions. Different Fsc compositions. However, it is to be understood that a catalyst composition prepared by other methods known to those skilled in the art can also be used in the manufacture of precursor catalyst compositions of the composite catalyst compositions described herein. Doc -22· 200902146 Several factors should be considered in the production of FSC compositions, including but not limited to: ω Obtain a matrix with a predetermined isoelectric point ("IEP" for the intended use, whether obtained as is Or obtained after subsequent treatment; (ii) the degree of anti-corrosion of the substrate for the intended use; (iii) the degree of porosity (if any) of the substrate in order to obtain the desired surface properties in view of the intended use, and Elemental composition (particularly on the surface), (iv) depending on the intended use of the composition, where appropriate, the chemical sensitivity of the substrate to the generation of the appropriate isoelectric point, and by means of - or There is a first type of first component that interacts with the ions and/or statics of the matrix to render the substrate surface active, and the matrix can, but does not necessarily, produce a catalytically active region having an average on and/or within the surface of the substrate. The thickness is about 30 nm, preferably < about 2 〇 nanometers, more preferably < about 丨❶ nanometer; (v) matrix for optionally ion exchange (ΙΕχ), counter ion exchange ( Chemical susceptibility of BIX) and/or electrostatic adsorption (ΕΑ) treatment methods for integrating one or more second components onto and/or within the surface of the substrate having a second type and matrix ions And/or electrostatically interacting, and thus producing a catalytically active region having an average thickness on and/or within the surface of the substrate of from about 3 nanometers, preferably about 2 to about 20 nanometers, more preferably S. About 10 nm; and (vi) depending on the intended use of the composition, the chemical sensitivity of the treated substrate to the following reactions: optional calcination and/or reduction, oxidation or further treatment of the substrate in use Media composition before and first or 126437.doc -23- 200902146 two catalyst components chemically react. I. Precursor Matrix Description The matrix selected for use in the formation of the precursor catalyst composition of the present invention, which is generally preferred and preferred for many potential applications, is preferably a ruthenium-containing matrix composition, particularly current precursors. When the medium is a FSC composition, including but not limited to glass, tantalum carbide, tantalum nitride, cordierite, cerium-containing ceramics and mixtures thereof, whether surface-active or treated to produce a surface active state, the IEP is greater than about 〇 but less than Or equal to 14, preferably greater than or equal to about 4.5 but less than 14, and more preferably greater than or equal to about 6 〇 but less than 14. The sigma t' at these 3 shi stagnation groups is preferably a glass composition. Substantially no 7 compositions can also be used to produce the precursor catalyst compositions of the present invention, including, but not limited to, substantially no shi tao taman, a (alpha) oxidized, oxidized, oxidized, carbon, and mixtures thereof. Whether surface-active or treated to produce a surface active state '纟IEP is greater than about 〇 but less than or equal to ". @否的基贝 with a suitable IEP (suitable for the production of a pre-catalyst catalyst composition) is dependent on various factors, some of which are outlined. The game provides a more detailed discussion below, and those familiar with the art will have a clearer understanding of other factors associated with choosing an appropriate IEP. For example, for many processes of commercial interest, the glass (or glass-like) «object and/or surface-active product preferably has a enthalpy greater than or equal to about * 5 but less than 14, and is expected to be greater than or equal to about but less than μ. Glass ', and the mouth is better, and it is expected that 1 ΕΡ is greater than or equal to about 7.8 but less than 14" and the mouth is best. However, depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition and the porosity in the matrix of the composition The extent and type, the preferred range of ΐΕρ may be affected by the effect: In addition, certain catalytic processes are more sensitive to surfactant compositions that are surface active at lower pH ranges. In other cases, a substrate having an IEP of less than 7.8 (preferably <6, more preferably £4.5) is likely to be more suitable for such processes. Therefore, it is again stated that when selecting a substrate within the appropriate IEP range, 'not only must be considered The intended use of the catalyst composition is also combined with the porosity of the substrate, the chemical composition and processing procedures (if any), etc. In addition, many glass types can be potential depending on the intended catalytic use. The matrix candidate 'to obtain the appropriate degree and type of IEP and porosity' is received or used as one or more of the following treatment methods. Typically, some examples of such glass types include, but are not limited to, E-glass, boron-free. Glass, S glass, R glass, AR glass, rare earth-tellurate glass '钡 _ titanium-tellurate glass, nitride glass such as 矽_aluminum_oxygen-nitrogen glass, A glass, C glass and CC glass. The following is a description of the types of glass that are generally expected for a range of catalytic applications and some possible treatments. AR type glass descriptions such as, but not limited to, "AR type", a group of glass systems with an IEp greater than 78, a wide range and substantially Non-porous glass composition. Typically, the AR-type glass contains a significant amount of a basic oxide type glass mesh modifier, typically 1% by weight or more based on the weight of the total glass composition. Such basic oxide network modifiers include, but are not limited to, (9), (4), Ming (10), lanthanide and _ element oxides, soil metal oxides (Group 2), metal oxides (class j) and so on. A glass system containing the wrong (Zr), yttrium (Hf), aluminum (A1), lanthanide, alkaline earth oxide, and alkali metal oxide is preferred, and a glass composition containing the wrong (Zr) (for example, but not limited to eight anti- Type glass) is especially preferred. ° I26437.doc •25- 200902146 Type A broken glass Description In addition, for example but not limited to, “Type A” glass is another broad and substantially non-porous glass composition, whether the surface active system is received as received or Treatment results in a surface active state 'IEP is greater than about 7.8 but less than 丨4. Typically 'type A glass will include acidic or basic oxide type glass mesh modifiers' such glass mesh modifiers include, for example, but are not limited to, zinc (Zn), magnesium (Mg), calcium ( Oxides of elements such as Ca), Ming (A1), boron (B), titanium (Ti), iron (Fe), nano (Na) and potassium (K). If an anionic network modifier is used, the amount included in the lower IEP glass tends to <12 wt.〇/. . Glass containing magnesium, calcium, aluminum, zinc, sodium and unloading is preferred. The un-dipped E-glass indicates the unsimmered "E-type" glass is another broad and substantially non-porous glass composition' which includes infinite examples, whether the surface active system is received as received or The treatment produces a surface active state, the IEP is greater than about 7.8 but less than 14 〇 typically 'un-leached E-glass will include acidic or basic oxide-type glass mesh modifiers' including, for example, but not limited to zinc ( Oxides of elements such as Zn), magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), aluminum (A1) 'butter (B), titanium (Ti), iron (Fe), sodium (Na) and potassium (K). If an alkaline mesh modifier is used, the amount included in the unsimmered E-glass tends to be < 2 〇 wt %. Glass containing magnesium, calcium, aluminum, zinc, sodium and potassium is preferred. Porosity indicates that the porosity of the matrix produces another relevant aspect of the catalyst composition of the present invention. In general, the matrix should be substantially non-porous, but there may actually be a number of 126437.doc -26 - 200902146 irrelevant 'microporosity, mesopores and/or no adverse effects on the intended use of the sputum sputum sputum composition.戋 Large a large pore volume. Due to the micropore volume in the material, & often difficult to detect 'this description uses two surface area measurements to determine whether the matrix is non-porous on the shell' to memorize the catalyst composition of the present invention. The first surface area is measured by means of a thermal adsorption/desorption time (four) that is suitable for the range of expected surface areas to be measured, and can be expressed in the degree of micropores, mesopores and/or large pores of acne. For example, for large surface area measurements (eg > about 3 m2/g) Ni RPT nr,
BET,按照 ASTM D3663_〇3所述的方 法’("S.Aim") ’可能係較佳的表面積量測技術。然 而,對於較小表面積量測(例如〈約3 m2/g)Kr ΒΕΤ,按照 ASTM D4780.95所述的方法m贈,,),可能係較佳 的表面積i測技術。熟習分析固體及半固體材料表面積之 技術者將很清楚用於谓測微孔隙、中孔隙及/或大孔隙程 度的最佳纟面積量測彳法。帛mj係納-化學吸附表 面積("S.A.h”),可使用某類分析方法(R.BET, the method described in ASTM D3663_〇3 ("S.Aim")' may be a preferred surface area measurement technique. However, for smaller surface area measurements (e.g., < about 3 m2/g) Kr ΒΕΤ, the method described in ASTM D4780.95, m, may be a preferred surface area measurement technique. Those skilled in the art of analysing the surface area of solid and semi-solid materials will be well aware of the optimum enthalpy area measurement method for micropores, mesopores and/or macroporosity.帛mj is a nano-chemical adsorption surface area ("S.A.h"), which can be used in some sort of analytical method (R.
Iler在 C/zewbiry o/A/zca, John Wiley & Sons (1979)第 203及 353 頁描述)表 不為NaOH滴定液的變化與時間&,並按照S A -變化率 ("SARCO更具體的定義。 因此,如本文所定義,基質實質上無孔,前提為基質的 或 S.A.o.r處於約 〇 〇1 m2/g至約 1〇 m2/g之間, 而其SARCw小於或等於〇 5。如以上更詳細的討論, SARCNa係NaOH滴定液的兩種體積之比,其分母為最初使 用的NaOH滴定溶液之體積’即最初用於在零時間t。滴定基 質漿液混合物,該基質漿液混合物在3 4 M NaC1溶液(pH 4 126437.doc 27· 200902146 9)中在約25〇c中包含15公克之基質。然而,如上所 述、、’在最初的NaOH滴定開始用於SARC』定之前,含水 ,蚊 s物必須首先相應地用少量酸(HC1)或鹼(NaOH)調 P 4。另外,仍如上所述,NaOH滴定液(用於3個5分 鐘的時間間隔、在15分鐘内將基f漿液混合物保持在pH 9)之累積體積為V總_V初(即VP”),此為比率SARCw的分 子所以,若Vife_v初小於或等於0.5 V初,相應的SARCw 於或等於0·5。因此,如本文所定義,的 基質實質上無孔,前提為基質之8人们_㈣或H撕亦在 約0.01 m /g至約1〇 m2/g之間。若滿足了該等表面積參數, 就基質有任何微孔隙、中孔隙及/或大孔隙體積而言,可 有不充分的濃度、分布及/或類型,因而可對前驅物觸媒 組合物達成預期用途的期望性能產生不利影響。 納表面積("S.A·;^")係一種經驗上的滴定程序,係為粒 狀、粉末狀及懸浮溶膠形式(suspended sol form)的基本上 純二氧化矽(Si〇2)所開發。S_A.心係測定表面質子位置 (Glass-cnr)之反應性及可及性的量度,對於純的二氧化 石夕’相當於Si-CTH+位置。石夕酸鹽玻璃及晶體石夕酸鹽與純 的一氣化石夕(Si〇2)在組成上有顯著不同,關於此種滴定程 序之化學計量法’矽酸鹽玻璃及晶體矽酸鹽之行為不能根 據在S.A.w實驗中測定之NaOH滴定液的絕對值得知或預 測。因此,Sears及Her用來將S_A.jva實驗的NaOH體積與所 研究之二氧化矽材料之N2_BET表面積關聯的方程式,並不 適合可靠預測更複雜的矽酸鹽組合物之絕對表面積。此係 126437.doc -28- 200902146 預期情況,因為能夠存在於組成不同之玻璃的Giass.〇H+ 基團可包括如 A1-〇-H+、b_〇-h+、Ti_〇.H+、Mg 〇.H+及盘 單個石夕位置的多個Si_0-H、分結合之更多不同結構的質 子群(Q2群)。另一方面,”石夕樣”玻璃組合物(例如浸出之石 英)的總表面積可能可使用S.A·心實驗可靠地確定,前提為 最小的孔隙大小在標準氣相BET量測可達到的範圍内,因 為其主要由連網的Si〇2及Si_〇-H+部分組成 '然而,⑴跡 〇·Η+部分對於氫氧根離子及鋼離子的擴散可及性,及多微 孔對比中孔隙、大孔隙及/或實質上無孔區域的相對百分 率,應可根據NaOH的量(在s.A.知實驗中為保持最終之阳 值9’必須對比時間添加)(滴定劑)進行侦測。所以,總古 之’⑴ass-0-矿部分對於〇H-及Na+對比日夺間的可及性,二 在上述SAR“實驗所確定,可作為存在微孔隙的合理可 靠里度’包括標準氣相BET量測不可及的某類多孔性。 較佳地’基質之表面積在其離子浸出處理後將實質上上 保持不變,對於大部分耐驗("AR")玻璃而言,此為常見情 況。然而’在某些情況下,某些自基質網狀物消耗之離子 不會顯著影響基質之微孔結構(若有),因而避免對觸媒植 合物達成預定用途的期望性能產生不利影響。然而,若基 質網狀物上有顯著的離子消耗及伴生之浸出,在基質中貝^ 很可能產生多微孔區域。因此,如上所述,_〜大於 約0.5時表示存在此種多微孔結構。顯示該等特性之具質 網狀物已產生了足夠的微孔結構,特別係在基質區域;, 此種微孔結構將對基質維持表面活性狀態之能力產生不利. 126437.doc •29- 200902146 衫響,因此對觸媒組合物達成預定用途的期 利影響。 此產生不 II.基質表面活化 用於產生本發明前驅物觸媒組合物的基質,尤盆 物觸媒為FSC組合物眛-T iirh ^ ^ ^ ^ m 物時’可猎由一或多種第-成分使表面 =用、成分具有與基質的第一類離子及/或靜電相 (1型成分前驅物”)。如以下更詳細所述,1型 前驅物可能本身就有催化效力或係可經進一步處理來產生 :化活性區域,在基質表面上及/或内的平均厚度為如❹ 不未’較佳為%2〇奈米的平均厚度,更佳為讀Μ奈米的 I均厚度。例如,在某些情況下,取決於觸媒組合物之預 疋用途;^所獲侍之基質在適於預定用途的範圍内具有適 田類3L及程度之孔隙結構(若有)及等電點(iEp),基質在接 收時可能具有充分表面活性,可有效催化。雖非必要但較 佳’基質可經處理來進一步修改及/或改進其表面活性。 另外’基質亦可藉由處理來移除任何預計可能干擾觸媒組 合物性能的有機塗料或其他可能之污染物。此外,如以下 更洋細淪述,在"2型成分前驅物整合處理"下,取決於觸 媒組合物之肖定用*,更佳的做法可能是用離子交換 (IEX)、反離子交換(ΒΙχ)及/或靜電吸附(ea)處理方法進一 步處理基質之表面’該等處理方法將一或多種第二成分整 合至基質表面上及/或内’該基質表面具有第二類與基質 之離子及/或靜電相互作用,並因此產生催化活性區域, 在基質表面上及/或内的平均厚度為⑽奈米,較佳為傷 126437.doc * 30 - 200902146 奈米,更佳為<10奈米。 基質污染物移除良理 視典型情況下在基質表面上發現之物質的組成及該物質 是否預計會干擾觸媒組合物之製備及/或干擾觸媒组合物 達成預定用途的期望性能而定,可選擇進行污染物移除處 理。例如,典型情況下,AR型玻璃使用有機塗層製造(亦 即施膠)’該有機塗層用於促進加工處理,例如在含水調 配物中之分散。然而,即使不會干擾觸媒組合物之大部分 (若非全部)預定用途之催化性能,該有機塗層或施膠亦可 能會干擾觸媒組合物之製備。所以應移除有機塗層。 煅燒係適用於移除此種有機塗層的一種較佳方法。因為 此項處理之主要目標係將污染物自基質移除,因此此類煅 燒處理的條件對於基質成功的表面活化並非特別重要。在 某些情況下’取決於欲自基質移除之污染物的性質,溶 劑、界面活性劑、水溶液清洗或其他適用的方法可用於移 除污染物’達到滿意的效果。 然而’根據所使用之锻燒程度,較佳地在氧化性氣氛 (例如在二氣或氧氣中)中锻燒基質。另外报重要的是,要 選擇夠高的锻燒溫度來移除目標污染物,但煅燒溫度又要 夠低以合理避免材料之軟化點。通常,煅燒溫度應至少比 所選基質材料之軟化點低約5(rc。較佳地,煅燒溫度應至 少比所選基質材料之軟化點低約1〇〇〇c。例如,在使用AR 型玻璃時,大部分AR型玻璃可接受之移除污染物的煅燒 孤度在約300 c至約700。(:之間。通常,所選擇之基質材料 126437.doc -31 · 200902146 應煅燒約2至14小時,較佳煅燒4至8小時。儘管如此,取 決於所獲基質之性質及欲自基質移除之目標污染物的性 質,煅燒時間可在該等時間範圍外變化。 藉由離子浸出處理達成表面活化 在任何潛在之污染物實質上自基質移除以後,基質可藉 由處理來產生表面活性狀態及所要之等電點("IEp"),前提 為以基質獲得的最初IEP不在所要之範圍内。然而,在某 、些情況下,所接收的基質可能具有足夠的表面活性,需要 使用一或多種其他處理(在以下更詳細說明)進一步改質, 而不使用第一類離子浸出(ί E X _丨)處理(此會在以下更詳細 說明的其他處理中首先論述)。換言之,基質之元素組 成,特別係在外表面或實質上接近外表面上的元素組成, 可能足以獲得所要之IEP。然而,在很多情況下,基質之 元素組成將需要一些改質來改變最初的IEP並獲得適合的 IEP,接著按照觸媒組合物之預定用途,獲得在類型及程 度上符合要求的表面活性狀態。 該表面活性狀態,在一或多種第一成分具有⑴第一氧化 狀態及(ii)第-類與基質的離子及/或靜電相互作用的情況 下,可能足以產生催化活性區域,在基質表面上及/或内 的平均厚度為{約30奈米,較佳為<約2〇奈米,更佳為s約 1〇奈米,且因此提供觸媒組合物達成預定用途的期望性 能。例如但不限於,基質表面上及/或内的布忍司特 (Bronsted)或路易士(Lewis)酸位及布忍司特或路易士鹼位 能夠有效促進一些烴、雜烴(例如含氧烴)及非烴處理、轉 126437.doc -32- 200902146 化及/或精煉過程。 其他情況下,基於觸媒組合物之預定用途,可 " 係用一或多種如下所述的離子交換法來進- 步處理基質表面,以達成⑴可盥第奐法來進 蝴τ與第—氣化狀態相同或不同 [作2化狀㉟’及(U)第二類與基f的離子及/或靜電相 ’足以產生催化活性區域,在基質表面上及/或内 的平均厚度為M30奈米,較佳^約2()奈米,更約 10奈米。 、/見轉至表面活化處理’表面活化處理包括至少-種離子 ,出處理肖以獲得第一類或J類離子交換(IEX])基質。 然而’應理解,若所接收的基質具有適合觸媒組合物達成 預定用途之IEP,則汨义-丨亦準備用於說明該第一類基質。 通常,該離子浸出處理係藉由任何適當的方法執行,亦 即以實質異質之方^整個基質表面有效移除所需之離子 種類,而不會明顯侵蝕基質網狀物(例如,避免在表面區 域及/或表面下區域產生任何微孔結構)。例如但不限於大 部分酸類物質,無論係無機酸或有機酸,及各種螯合劑, 均適用於離子浸出處理。較佳地,使用無機酸,例如但不 限於硝酸、磷酸、硫酸、鹽酸、乙酸、過氣酸、氫溴酸、 氣磺酸、三氟乙酸及其組合。 通常,用於離子浸出處理之酸溶液的濃度取決於基質之 特性(例如’欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、在移 除網狀物離子後玻璃之強度)、基質之IEP需要改變的程户 及觸媒組合物之預定用途。較佳地,用於離子浸出處理之 126437.doc -33 · 200902146 酸溶液的濃度可在約〇·5 wt %至約5〇 wt %之間,更佳在約 2.5 wt·。/。至約25 wt·%之間’最佳在約5 wt.%至約10 wt.% 之間。 整合劑亦可用於離子浸出處理,例如,但不限於乙二胺 四乙酸(”EDTAM)、冠醚、乙二酸鹽、聚胺、聚羧酸及其組 合。 通常,用於離子浸出處理之螯合劑溶液的濃度取決於基 質之特性(例如,欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、 在移除網狀物離子後玻璃之強度)及觸媒組合物之預定用 途。較佳地,用於離子浸出處理之螯合劑溶液的濃度可在 約0.001 wt·%至飽和度之間,更佳在約〇〇1机%至飽和度 之間。 通常,會根據所使用之酸或螯合劑之類型及濃度及基質 之特性’選擇用於離子浸出處理的熱處理條件,例如加熱 溫度、加熱時間及混合條件。 視酸溶液或螯合劑溶液之濃度而定,加熱溫度的變化範 圍很大。然:而,較佳地,適用於酸離子浸出處理的加熱溫 度在約20。(:至約20(rc之間,更佳在約4〇t至約95艺之 間,最佳在約6(TC至約9(rc之間。較佳地,適用於螯合劑 離子浸出處理的加熱溫度在約2〇。(:至約20(TC的範圍,更 佳在約40<>C至約90°C的範圍。 視酸溶液或螯合劑溶液之濃度及加熱時間而定,適用於 離子浸出處理的加熱時間可改變。較佳地,用於離子浸出 處理的加熱時間在約15分鐘至約48小時之間,更佳在約3〇 126437.doc 34- 200902146 分鐘至約12小時之間。 通常,會根據所使用之酸劑或螯合劑類型及濃度及美質 之特性(例如,欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、在 移除網狀物離子後玻璃之強度等)及熱處理之持續時間, 選擇混合條件。例如但不限於,混合條件可為連續或斷 續,亦可為機械混合、流化、翻滚、滾動或手動混合。 總之’酸劑或螯合劑濃纟、熱處理條件及混合條件的組 合,會根據在酸劑或螯合劑與目標基質離子之間達成足夠 的離子交換(”IEX")程度予以確^,用以產生合適的等電點 及表面電荷之類型及程度,以達成基f的後處理或觸媒組 合物的預定用途所需之表面活性狀態。Iler is described in C/zewbiry o/A/zca, John Wiley & Sons (1979) on pages 203 and 353) for changes in NaOH titrant versus time & and according to SA - rate of change ("SARCO A specific definition. Thus, as defined herein, the matrix is substantially non-porous, provided that the matrix or SAor is between about m1 m2/g to about 1 〇m2/g and its SARCw is less than or equal to 〇5. As discussed in more detail above, the ratio of the two volumes of the SARCNa-based NaOH titrant, the denominator is the volume of the initially used NaOH titration solution' is initially used to titrate the matrix slurry mixture at zero time t, the matrix slurry mixture is The 3 4 M NaC1 solution (pH 4 126437.doc 27· 200902146 9) contains 15 grams of matrix in about 25 〇c. However, as described above, 'before the initial NaOH titration is used for SARC, The water-containing, mosquito-like substance must first be adjusted with a small amount of acid (HC1) or alkali (NaOH) to adjust P 4. In addition, as described above, the NaOH titration solution (for three 5 minute intervals, within 15 minutes) The cumulative volume of the base f slurry mixture maintained at pH 9) is V total _V initial ( VP"), which is the molecule of the ratio SARCw. Therefore, if Vife_v is less than or equal to 0.5 V at the beginning, the corresponding SARCw is equal to or greater than 0.5. Therefore, as defined herein, the matrix is substantially non-porous, provided that the matrix is 8 people _ (four) or H tear is also between about 0.01 m / g to about 1 〇 m2 / g. If the surface area parameters are met, in terms of any microporosity, mesoporosity and / or large pore volume of the matrix, There may be insufficient concentration, distribution, and/or type to adversely affect the desired performance of the precursor catalyst composition for the intended use. Nano surface area ("SA·;^") is an empirical titration The procedure was developed for the substantially pure cerium oxide (Si〇2) in the form of granulated, powdered and suspended sol forms. S_A. The determination of the surface proton position (Glass-cnr) and its reactivity And the measure of the purity, the pure silica dioxide eve 'is equivalent to the Si-CTH + position. The oxalate glass and the crystal lithic acid salt and the pure one gas fossil eve (Si 〇 2) are significantly different in composition, The stoichiometry of this titration procedure The behavior of the crystal citrate cannot be known or predicted from the absolute value of the NaOH titration solution determined in the SAw experiment. Therefore, Sears and Her are used to measure the NaOH volume of the S_A.jva experiment with the N2_BET of the ceria material studied. The equation for surface area correlation is not suitable for reliably predicting the absolute surface area of more complex tantalate compositions. This is 126437.doc -28- 200902146 expected, because Giass.〇H+ groups which can exist in different compositions of glass can include, for example, A1-〇-H+, b_〇-h+, Ti_〇.H+, Mg 〇 .H+ and a plurality of Si_0-Hs in a single Shishi position, and a more proton group (Q2 group) with different structures. On the other hand, the total surface area of the "Shi Xi-like" glass composition (for example, leached quartz) may be reliably determined using the SA·heart test, provided that the minimum pore size is within the range achievable by the standard gas phase BET measurement. Because it is mainly composed of networked Si〇2 and Si_〇-H+ parts. However, (1) trace Η·Η+ part of the diffusion accessibility of hydroxide ions and steel ions, and microporous contrast in the pores The relative percentage of macropores and/or substantially non-porous areas shall be detectable based on the amount of NaOH (in the sA known experiment, to maintain the final positive value of 9' must be added over time) (titrant). Therefore, the total ancient '(1)ass-0-mine part for the 〇H- and Na+ contrast between the daytime, the second in the above SAR "experimental determination, can be used as a reasonable and reliable micro-porosity" including standard gas A certain type of porosity that is not measurable by phase BET. Preferably, the surface area of the substrate will remain substantially unchanged after its ion leaching treatment. For most of the durability ("AR") glass, this is Common. However, 'in some cases, some of the ions consumed from the matrix network do not significantly affect the microporous structure of the matrix, if any, thus avoiding the desired performance of the intended use of the catalyst plant. Adverse effects. However, if there is significant ion depletion and associated leaching on the matrix network, it is likely that a microporous region will be produced in the matrix. Therefore, as described above, _~ greater than about 0.5 indicates the presence of such a Microporous structure. The plastid network showing these properties has produced sufficient microporous structure, especially in the matrix region; this microporous structure will be detrimental to the ability of the substrate to maintain a surface active state. 126437. Do c • 29- 200902146 Sweat, thus achieving a desired effect on the intended use of the catalyst composition. This production is not II. Matrix surface activation is used to produce the matrix of the precursor catalyst composition of the present invention. The FSC composition 眛-T iirh ^ ^ ^ ^ m when the object can be hunted by one or more of the first components to make the surface = use, the composition has the first type of ion and / or electrostatic phase with the matrix (type 1 component precursor) ). As described in more detail below, the Type 1 precursor may itself have catalytic potency or may be further processed to produce an active region having an average thickness on and/or within the surface of the substrate such as ❹ The average thickness of %2 〇 nanometer is better than the average thickness of the ΜN. For example, in some cases, depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition; the substrate to be obtained has a suitable 3L and degree of pore structure (if any) and isoelectricity in a range suitable for the intended use. At point (iEp), the matrix may be sufficiently surface active upon receipt and is effectively catalyzed. Preferably, although not necessary, the substrate can be treated to further modify and/or improve its surface activity. Alternatively, the substrate can be treated to remove any organic coating or other possible contaminants that are expected to interfere with the performance of the catalyst composition. In addition, as described below, in the case of "2 component precursor integration treatment", depending on the stereotype of the catalyst composition, it may be better to use ion exchange (IEX), reverse Ion exchange (ΒΙχ) and/or electrostatic adsorption (ea) treatment methods further processing the surface of the substrate. The treatments integrate one or more second components onto the surface of the substrate and/or within the surface of the substrate having a second type The ions and/or electrostatic interactions of the matrix, and thus the catalytically active regions, have an average thickness on the surface of the substrate and/or within (10) nanometers, preferably 126437.doc * 30 - 200902146 nm, more preferably <10 nm. The substrate contaminant removal is determined by the composition of the material typically found on the surface of the substrate and whether the material is expected to interfere with the preparation of the catalyst composition and/or interfere with the desired performance of the catalyst composition for the intended use, Optional contaminant removal. For example, typically, the AR-type glass is made using an organic coating (i.e., sized). The organic coating is used to facilitate processing, such as dispersion in aqueous formulations. However, the organic coating or sizing may interfere with the preparation of the catalyst composition, even if it does not interfere with most, if not all, of the catalytic properties of the intended use of the catalyst composition. Therefore, the organic coating should be removed. Calcination is a preferred method for removing such organic coatings. Since the primary goal of this treatment is to remove contaminants from the matrix, the conditions of such calcination treatments are not particularly important for successful surface activation of the matrix. In some cases, depending on the nature of the contaminant to be removed from the substrate, solvents, surfactants, aqueous cleaning or other suitable methods can be used to remove contaminants' to achieve satisfactory results. However, depending on the degree of calcination used, the substrate is preferably calcined in an oxidizing atmosphere (e.g., in dioxane or oxygen). It is also important to select a high calcination temperature to remove the target contaminant, but the calcination temperature is low enough to avoid the softening point of the material. Generally, the calcination temperature should be at least about 5 (rc lower than the softening point of the selected matrix material. Preferably, the calcination temperature should be at least about 1 〇〇〇 C lower than the softening point of the selected matrix material. For example, in the use of the AR type When glass is used, most of the AR type glass can be used to remove contaminants with a calcination degree of between about 300 c and about 700. (Between: usually, the selected matrix material 126437.doc -31 · 200902146 should be calcined about 2 Preferably, calcination is carried out for 4 to 8 hours up to 14 hours. Nevertheless, depending on the nature of the substrate obtained and the nature of the target contaminant to be removed from the substrate, the calcination time may vary outside of these time ranges. Treatment to achieve surface activation After any potential contaminants are substantially removed from the substrate, the substrate can be treated to produce a surface active state and the desired isoelectric point ("IEp"), provided that the initial IEP obtained from the substrate is not Within the desired range, however, in some cases, the substrate received may have sufficient surface activity and require further modification using one or more other treatments (described in more detail below) without Use the first type of ion leaching (ί EX 丨 ) process (this will be discussed first in other processes described in more detail below). In other words, the elemental composition of the matrix, especially on the outer surface or substantially close to the outer surface , may be sufficient to obtain the desired IEP. However, in many cases, the elemental composition of the matrix will require some modification to change the original IEP and obtain a suitable IEP, followed by the type and extent of the intended use of the catalyst composition. The surface active state is satisfactory. The surface active state may be sufficient to produce one or more of the first components having (1) the first oxidation state and (ii) the first species and the matrix ions and/or electrostatic interactions. The catalytically active region has an average thickness on and/or within the surface of the substrate of {about 30 nanometers, preferably < about 2 nanometers, more preferably about 1 nanometer, and thus provides a catalyst composition. Achieving the desired properties for the intended use, such as, but not limited to, Bronsted or Lewis acid sites on the surface of the substrate and/or within the Laminate or Lewis base. It can effectively promote some hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons (such as oxygenated hydrocarbons) and non-hydrocarbon treatment, and 126437.doc -32-200902146 and/or refining process. In other cases, based on the intended use of the catalyst composition, " The substrate surface is further processed by one or more ion exchange methods as described below to achieve (1) the 盥 盥 method to enter the τ and the first gasification state is the same or different [[2] 35' and U) the second type and the ion and/or electrostatic phase of the group f are sufficient to produce a catalytically active region having an average thickness on the surface and/or within the substrate of M30 nm, preferably about 2 () nm, more preferably 10 nm. / / See the surface activation treatment 'Surface activation treatment includes at least one kind of ion, and the treatment is treated to obtain a first type or J type ion exchange (IEX)) matrix. However, it should be understood that if the substrate received has an IEP suitable for the intended use of the catalyst composition, then the 汨-丨 is also intended to be used to illustrate the first type of substrate. Typically, the ion leaching process is performed by any suitable method, i.e., effective removal of the desired ionic species from the entire substrate surface without substantial erosion of the matrix network (e.g., avoiding surface The region and/or subsurface region produces any microporous structure). For example, but not limited to, most of the acids, whether inorganic or organic, and various chelating agents, are suitable for ion leaching. Preferably, mineral acids such as, but not limited to, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, peroxyacid, hydrobromic acid, gas sulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and combinations thereof are used. Generally, the concentration of the acid solution used for the ion leaching treatment depends on the characteristics of the substrate (eg, the affinity of the ions to be removed from the glass network, the strength of the glass after removal of the network ions), the IEP of the substrate The intended use of the modified process and catalyst composition. Preferably, the concentration of the 126437.doc-33.200902146 acid solution used for the ion leaching treatment may be between about 55 wt% to about 5 wt%, more preferably about 2.5 wt. /. Between about 25 wt·%' optimally between about 5 wt.% and about 10 wt.%. The integrator can also be used in ion leaching processes such as, but not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid ("EDTAM"), crown ethers, oxalates, polyamines, polycarboxylic acids, and combinations thereof. Typically, for ion leaching treatment The concentration of the chelating agent solution depends on the nature of the substrate (e.g., the affinity of the ions to be removed from the glass network, the strength of the glass after removal of the network ions) and the intended use of the catalyst composition. The concentration of the chelating agent solution for ion leaching treatment may range from about 0.001 wt.% to saturation, more preferably from about 1% to saturation. Usually, depending on the acid or chelate used. The type and concentration of the mixture and the characteristics of the substrate 'Select the heat treatment conditions for the ion leaching treatment, such as the heating temperature, the heating time, and the mixing conditions. The heating temperature varies widely depending on the concentration of the acid solution or the chelating agent solution. However, preferably, the heating temperature suitable for the acid ion leaching treatment is about 20% (between about 20 and about rc, more preferably between about 4 〇t and about 95 Å, and most preferably about 6). (TC to about 9 (between rc. preferably The heating temperature suitable for the chelating agent ion leaching treatment is about 2 Torr. (: to about 20 (the range of TC, more preferably about 40 <> C to about 90 ° C.) Depending on the acid solution or the chelating agent solution The heating time suitable for the ion leaching treatment may vary depending on the concentration and the heating time. Preferably, the heating time for the ion leaching treatment is between about 15 minutes and about 48 hours, more preferably about 3 〇 126437. 34- 200902146 minutes to about 12 hours. Usually, depending on the type of acid or chelating agent used and the nature of the concentration and quality (for example, the affinity of the ions to be removed from the glass mesh, removed) The mixing conditions are selected, such as, but not limited to, the mixing conditions may be continuous or intermittent, or may be mechanical mixing, fluidization, tumbling, rolling, or manual mixing. In short, the combination of acid or chelating agent concentration, heat treatment conditions and mixing conditions will be determined according to the degree of sufficient ion exchange ("IEX") between the acid or chelating agent and the target matrix ion. The appropriate isoelectric point and the type and extent of surface charge are generated to achieve the surface active state required for the post-treatment of base f or the intended use of the catalyst composition.
在離子浸丨處理完錢,較佳地峰何合適的方法分離 經離子浸出處理之基f,包括但不限於過渡方式、離心方 式傾析及其組合。然後,用一或多種適當的清洗液(例 :去離子水及/或適用的水溶性有機溶劑,例如甲醇、乙 醇或丙綱)清洗經離子浸出處理之基質,並在約室内溫度 至110它之溫度下乾燥約20至24小時。 反離子交換處理 在有些情況下,取決於觸媒組合物之敎料,可能較 切係對選疋之基質進行反離子交換(,’BIX··)或兩步 二A r *換處理(在本文中統稱為BIX處理)。BIX處理通常 與包::限於)”反離子”交換,因為將經離子浸出之基質 離早读:初移除之—種離子的鹽溶液(例如NaCi)混合,經 出處理而自基質移除之此種離子(例如Na+)隨後會 126437.doc 35· 200902146 置回或返回基質。目前尚不清 -定會返回最初在基質令佔據二、絲之離子是否 初被置換之離子是否會 置或根本不改變位置,都應理解,本文;;t部分改變位 涵蓋由於任何該等可能的離子 變:月的BIX處理 有觸媒組合物。 ‘點之置放變化而產生之所 取=將Γ處㈣料㈣相之μ㈣溶液類型, 取決於將騎反料交換之㈣_。較錢,只進行 =子夕的反離子交換’但在某些情況下’可能需要進行兩 種或更夕種離子的反離子交換。 任何易於藉由上述離子浸出處理方法移除之離子均可進 灯反離子交換。該等離子之一些實例包括但不限於第五族 (以前的第1八族)驗金屬離子,例如鐘、納及鉀離子,及來 自第2族(以前的第ΙΙΑ族)的驗土金屬離子例如皱、鎂、 約離子、ΝΗ4+及院基錄陽離子’及小型有機聚陽離子。較 佳地,鹼金屬離子及ΝΗ/係用於ΒΙχ處理的較佳目標離 子,而Na+及ΝΗ/係較佳的ΒΙΧ離子,且Na+係更佳的Βιχ 離子。 通常,用於BIX處理之鹽溶液濃度,取決於經離子浸出 處理而要經BIX處理的基質類型及用於返回經離子浸出處 理基質之BIX離子的相對親和力,同樣,與ΒΙχ離子返回 基質網狀物中的位點無關(例如’ Na+對於基質對比Η+的相 對親和力)。對於大部分類型的玻璃基質,例如但不限於 AR玻璃、A玻璃或石英玻璃,約0.001 m〇1/L至5爪❶丨化濃 126437.doc -36- 200902146 度之BIX-鹽溶液係較佳,而約〇 〇5 moi/L至3 m〇1/L ΒΙχ•鹽 溶液係更佳。 典型情況下,會根據所使用之ΒΙΧ_鹽溶液之類型及濃度 及基質之特性,選擇用於ΒΙΧ處理的熱處理條件,例如加 熱溫度、加熱時間及混合條件。 較佳地,用於使用BIX-鹽溶液進行ΒΙχ處理的加熱溫 度’可在約20 C至約200°C之間,更佳在約3〇°c至約95 °C 之間。 視BIX-鹽溶液之濃度及所選擇之加熱溫度而定,用於 BIX處理的加熱時間可改變。較佳地,Βιχ處理的加熱時 間在約5分鐘至約24小時之間,更佳在約3〇分鐘至約8小時 之間。 通常,會根據所使用之BIX溶液類型及濃度及基質之特 性(例如,欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、在移除 網狀物離子後玻璃之強度等)及熱處理之持續時間,選擇 混合條件。例如但不限於,混合條件可為連續或斷續,亦 可為機械混合、流化、翻滾、滚動或手動混合。 總之’ BIX鹽溶液濃度、熱處理條件及混合條件的組 合’實質上係基於返回足夠數量及分配足夠數量之ΒΙχ-離 子回到基質進行確定,而與離子於基質網狀物中之位點無 關。返回及分布足夠數量之ΒΙΧ-離子係用以產生所需之表 面電荷類型及程度,以產生達成基質的後處理或觸媒组合 物的預定用途所要之表面活性狀態。 藉由調整pH值來調整基質表面電荷 126437.doc -37- 200902146 較佳地,需要用基質上的負表面電荷來支援與帶正電荷 之成分(例如陽離子性鹼土金屬、陽離子性過渡金屬成分 等)的靜電相互作用或親和力。然而,對於一些潛在的觸 媒組合物應用,可能需要使用正表面電荷來支持與帶負電 荷之成分(例如陰離子性過渡金屬氧離子、硫酸根陰離 子、貴金屬多鹵化物陰離子等)的靜電相互作用或親和 力。 通常,可藉由將經離子浸出處理之基質/IEX混合物的pH 值調整為低於或高於基質等電點("IEP”),將基質之表面電 荷改變為淨正性狀態或淨負性狀態。請回想,IEP又稱為 零點電荷("ZPC”)。因此,換言之,IEP(或ZPC)可視為材 料在初濕時之表面具有淨零表面電荷的pH值。所以,將基 質/IEX水混合物之pH值調整為大於基質IEP(或ZPC)的pH 值,可在基質上產生淨的負表面電荷。另外,將基質/IEX 水混合物之pH值調整為小於基質IEP(或ZPC)的pH值,可 在基質上產生淨的正表面電荷。 例如但不限於,若AR玻璃之IEP等於9.6,若將經離子浸 出處理之AR玻璃的pH值調整為>9.6的pH值,則將會在玻 璃表面產生淨的負表面電荷。視AR玻璃之IEP分布而定, 較佳的方式可能為將pH值調整為大於基質之IEP—或兩個 或更多個pH值單位,以保證其表面電荷得到充分支持。The ion fip treatment base f is separated by ion dipping treatment, preferably by a suitable method, including but not limited to transition mode, centrifugal decantation, and combinations thereof. The ion-leaching treated substrate is then washed with one or more suitable cleaning solutions (eg, deionized water and/or a suitable water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol or propyl) and heated to about 110 in a room temperature. Dry at a temperature of about 20 to 24 hours. In some cases, the counter-ion exchange treatment may be counter-ion exchanged ('BIX··) or two-step two-A* exchange treatment depending on the substrate of the catalyst composition. This article is collectively referred to as BIX processing). The BIX treatment is usually exchanged with the package:: limited to "reverse ion" because the ion-leached matrix is separated from the early reading: the initially removed salt solution of the ion (eg NaCi) is mixed and removed from the substrate by treatment. Such ions (e.g., Na+) are then returned or returned to the substrate at 126437.doc 35·200902146. It is still unclear - will definitely return to the original matrix in the second order, whether the ions of the silk will be replaced or not change at all, it should be understood, this article;; t part of the change bit covers due to any such possibility Ionization: The BIX treatment of the month has a catalytic composition. ‘The result of the change in the placement of the point = the type of solution (4) of the material (four) and the fourth (four) solution, depending on the (4) _. More money, only the counter ion exchange of the sub-child is carried out 'but in some cases' counter-ion exchange of two or more ions may be required. Any ions that are easily removed by the above ion leaching process can be subjected to lamp counter ion exchange. Some examples of such plasmas include, but are not limited to, Group 5 (former Group VIII) metal ions, such as clock, nano, and potassium ions, and soiled metal ions from Group 2 (formerly Group III), such as Wrinkles, magnesium, about ions, ΝΗ4+ and hospital base cations' and small organic polycations. Preferably, the alkali metal ions and ruthenium/series are preferred target ions for the ruthenium treatment, while Na+ and ΝΗ/ are preferred ruthenium ions, and Na+ is the preferred Βιχ ion. Generally, the concentration of the salt solution used for the BIX treatment depends on the type of the substrate to be treated by the BIX by the ion leaching treatment and the relative affinity of the BIX ions for returning to the ion leaching treatment substrate, and, similarly, the ruthenium ion return matrix reticular Site-independent (eg 'N+ relative affinity for matrix versus Η+). For most types of glass substrates, such as, but not limited to, AR glass, A glass, or quartz glass, the BIX-salt solution is about 0.001 m 〇 1 /L to 5 ❶丨 ❶丨 126437.doc -36 - 200902146 degrees Good, and about 5 moi / L to 3 m 〇 1 / L ΒΙχ salt solution is better. Typically, the heat treatment conditions for the hydrazine treatment, such as the heating temperature, the heating time, and the mixing conditions, are selected depending on the type and concentration of the strontium salt solution used and the characteristics of the substrate. Preferably, the heating temperature for the hydrazine treatment using the BIX-salt solution may be between about 20 C and about 200 ° C, more preferably between about 3 ° C and about 95 ° C. Depending on the concentration of the BIX salt solution and the heating temperature selected, the heating time for the BIX treatment can be varied. Preferably, the heating time of the Βιχ treatment is between about 5 minutes and about 24 hours, more preferably between about 3 minutes and about 8 hours. Usually, depending on the type and concentration of the BIX solution used and the characteristics of the substrate (for example, the affinity of the ions to be removed from the glass network, the strength of the glass after removal of the network ions, etc.) and the duration of the heat treatment , choose the mixing conditions. For example, without limitation, the mixing conditions can be continuous or intermittent, or mechanical mixing, fluidization, tumbling, rolling, or manual mixing. In summary, the combination of 'BIX salt solution concentration, heat treatment conditions, and mixing conditions' is substantially determined based on the return of a sufficient amount and the distribution of a sufficient amount of ruthenium-ion back to the substrate, irrespective of the site of ions in the matrix network. A sufficient amount of ruthenium-ion is used to return and distribute the desired surface charge type and extent to produce the surface active state desired for the intended use of the post-treatment or catalyst composition of the substrate. Adjusting the surface charge of the substrate by adjusting the pH 126437.doc -37- 200902146 Preferably, the negative surface charge on the substrate is required to support positively charged components (eg, cationic alkaline earth metals, cationic transition metal components, etc.) Electrostatic interaction or affinity. However, for some potential catalyst composition applications, it may be necessary to use a positive surface charge to support electrostatic interactions with negatively charged components such as anionic transition metal oxygen ions, sulfate anions, noble metal polyhalide anions, etc. Or affinity. Generally, the surface charge of the substrate can be changed to a net positive state or a net negative by adjusting the pH of the ion-leached substrate/IEX mixture to be lower or higher than the isoelectric point of the substrate ("IEP"). Sexual state. Think back, IEP is also known as zero charge ("ZPC"). Therefore, in other words, IEP (or ZPC) can be regarded as the pH of the material having a net zero surface charge on the surface at the time of initial humidity. Therefore, adjusting the pH of the matrix/IEX water mixture to a pH greater than the matrix IEP (or ZPC) produces a net negative surface charge on the substrate. Additionally, adjusting the pH of the matrix/IEX water mixture to less than the pH of the matrix IEP (or ZPC) produces a net positive surface charge on the substrate. For example, but not limited to, if the IEP of the AR glass is equal to 9.6, if the pH of the ion-treated AR glass is adjusted to a pH of > 9.6, a net negative surface charge will be produced on the glass surface. Depending on the IEP distribution of the AR glass, it may be preferred to adjust the pH to be greater than the IEP of the substrate - or two or more pH units to ensure that the surface charge is fully supported.
用於進行所述pH值調整之溶液類型,將取決於與其他反 應物之相容性、玻璃穩定性及所要求的電荷密度及其他因 素。通常,任何稀鹼均可用於將基質表面電荷調至其IEP 126437.doc •38· 200902146 的右側(亦即產生淨的負表面電何)’而任何稀酸可用於將 基質表面電荷調至其IEP的左側(亦即產生淨的正表面電 荷)。無機酸及鹼或有機酸及鹼均可以稀濃度使用,而通 常較佳為無機酸。通常’稀酸溶液或稀驗溶液之濃度將取 決於所使用的酸或鹼類型、其解離常數及適於獲得所要表 面電荷類型及密度的pH值。 在某些情況下,可能需要在使表面電荷產生與某催化成 分或前驅物相同符號的pH值下’整合該催化成分或前驅 物。在該等條件下’靜電吸附(EA)型整合機制係很可能不 會發生的。然而,在不受理論約束的情況下,在可交換之 表面位置上可能發生直接的離子交換(IEX)或反交換 (BIX) ’導致催化成分或前驅物之表面整合,該催化成分 或前驅物可能在物理上及/或化學上不同於在靜電吸附 (EA)機制下整合的相同組分。例如,某些基質表面部分包 括可由相同符號的離子催化成分或前驅物置換之陽離子 (或陰離子),該等基質表面部分可提供用於與基質表面部 分進行適量但有效的IEX* ΒΙχ之交換位置。例如但不限 於,該等部分,如矽烷氧基(_Si-CTNa+)部分包括可至少部 分由帶正電荷之催化金屬或金屬錯合物前驅物(例如但不 限於Pd(NH3)42+)置換的Na+離子,進而產生具有催化有效 量之催化成分的基質。 藉由調整pH值來控制經B1X處理之基質的表面電荷 如同在IEX處理或第二ΙΕΧ處理("ΙΕχ_2處理”,如下論 述)的情況一樣’對於某些ΒΙΧ處理,可能需要調整pH值, 126437.doc -39- 200902146 但並非必需。同樣,根據將要在IEX-2處理中整合至表面 之第二成分及交換之BIX_離子類型,所需2pH調整程度通 常取決於基質的1EP、其1EP對比表面電荷分布曲線及所要 之電荷類型。 用於進行所述pH值調整之溶液類型,將取決於與其他反 應物之相容性、基質在相關PH值範圍内的穩定性及所要之 電荷密度及其他因素。通常,任何稀驗均可用於將基質表 面電荷調至其IEP的右侧(亦即產生淨的負表面電荷),而任 何稀酸可用於將基質表面電荷調至其IEp的左側(亦即產生 淨的正表面電荷)。無機酸或鹼或有機酸或鹼均可以稀濃 度。通常’稀酸溶液或稀鹼溶液之濃度,將取決於所使用 之酸或鹼類型、其解離常數及適於獲得所要表面電荷類型 及密度的pH值。 ΙΠ. 2型成分前驅物整合處理 無論基質表面活性係按原樣接收,或係經離子浸出處理 (亦即經IEX-1處理之基質)’或經BIX處理,較佳地,在⑴ 第二離子交換("IEX·2")處理,(Π)靜電吸附(EA)處理或(Hi) 某些IEX-2與EA處理之組合中使用至少一種第二成分前驅 物("2型成分前驅物")進一步處理基質,以便將一或多種第 二成分前驅物整合在具有第二種與基質的離子及/或靜電 相互作用之基質表面上及/或内。接下來,按照預定用 途,某些2型成分前驅物在未經進一步處理的情況下可產 生催化活性區域,或經進一步處理而產生包括一或多種2 型成分之催化活性區域。然而’無論該催化活性區域係由 126437.doc -40- 200902146 ⑷2型成分前驅物組成’⑻由產生於2型成分前驅物之2型 成分組成,或⑷由⑷及⑻之某組合組成,催化區域在基 質^面上及/或内的平均厚度均為奈米,車交佳為一〈約 2〇奈米,更佳為5約1〇奈米。 如前所述,在某些情況下,取決於觸媒组合物之預定用 途’按原樣接收或經離子浸出處理之基f可具有催化效 力。然而,對於許多潛在應用,通常更佳的方式為對選定 之基質進行ΙΕΧ·2及/3狼處理。例如但不限於,許多適合 使用本發明觸媒組合物之過程的反應速率、選擇性及/或 能量效率,可藉由置換至少一部分第一成分(”型成分")並 將弟一種成分(”2型成分”)與基質表面整合而顯著提高。 在不受理論約束的情況下,藉由與基質表面上及/或内 帶相反電荷之特定離子交換位點進行直接或間接的離子相 互作用,藉由與帶相反電荷之基質表面進行靜電吸附相互 作用,及某些離子相互作用與靜電吸附相互作用之组合或 某些其他類型之有待瞭解的前驅物_電荷-表面間相互作 用,2型成分前驅物離子可得以整合、然而,不論相互作 用之!·生質如何’在按原樣接收之基質、經1處理之基 質或經mx-處理之基質產生第二種前驅物電荷-表面間相 互作用的情況下’ 2型成分前驅物可能因此產生催化活性 區域’該催化活性區域在基質表面上及/或内的平均厚度 為1約曰30奈米,較佳為<約2〇奈米,更佳為 <約1〇奈米。 -了便於進行以下討論’且無意限制本文所述本發 月之fe圍本文使用ΙΕχ_2來統稱通常稱為型成分前驅 126437.doc -41 · 200902146 物電荷-表面間相互作用或2型成分前驅物相互作用之廣泛 的相互作用。 通常,用於處理經IEX-1處理或經BIX-處理之基質的鹽 溶液類型,將取決於要在ΙΕΧ·2處理中進行離子交換之離 子類型。或是一種離子將進行離子交換,或在某些情況下 需要進行兩種或更多種離子之交換,或是同時進行離子交 換,或是按順序進行離子交換。The type of solution used to effect the pH adjustment will depend on compatibility with other reactants, glass stability, and required charge density and other factors. In general, any dilute base can be used to adjust the surface charge of the substrate to the right of its IEP 126437.doc •38· 200902146 (ie, to produce a net negative surface charge) and any dilute acid can be used to adjust the surface charge of the substrate to its The left side of the IEP (ie, produces a net positive surface charge). The inorganic acid and the base or the organic acid and the base can be used in a dilute concentration, and a mineral acid is usually preferred. Generally, the concentration of a dilute acid solution or a dilute solution will depend on the type of acid or base used, its dissociation constant, and the pH at which it is suitable to obtain the type and density of the surface charge desired. In some cases, it may be desirable to integrate the catalytic component or precursor at a pH that causes the surface charge to produce the same sign as a catalytic component or precursor. Under these conditions, the electrostatic adsorption (EA) type integration mechanism is likely to not occur. However, without being bound by theory, direct ion exchange (IEX) or reverse exchange (BIX) may occur at the exchangeable surface location resulting in surface integration of the catalytic component or precursor, which is a catalytic component or precursor. It may be physically and/or chemically different from the same components that are integrated under the electrostatic adsorption (EA) mechanism. For example, certain substrate surface portions include cations (or anions) that may be replaced by ionic catalytic components or precursors of the same symbol, which may provide an appropriate but effective exchange of IEX* 与 with the surface portion of the substrate. . For example, without limitation, such moieties, such as a decyloxy (_Si-CTNa+) moiety, can be at least partially replaced by a positively charged catalytic metal or metal complex precursor such as, but not limited to, Pd(NH3)42+ The Na+ ions, in turn, produce a matrix having a catalytically effective amount of catalytic component. The surface charge of the B1X treated substrate is controlled by adjusting the pH as in the case of IEX treatment or second treatment ("ΙΕχ_2 treatment, as discussed below). For some treatments, it may be necessary to adjust the pH. 126437.doc -39- 200902146 But not required. Similarly, depending on the type of BIX_ion to be integrated into the surface and exchanged in the IEX-2 treatment, the degree of 2pH adjustment required usually depends on the 1EP of the substrate, its 1EP. Comparing the surface charge distribution curve with the desired charge type. The type of solution used to effect the pH adjustment will depend on compatibility with other reactants, stability of the matrix over the relevant pH range, and desired charge density. And other factors. Generally, any rare test can be used to adjust the surface charge of the substrate to the right side of its IEP (ie, to produce a net negative surface charge), and any dilute acid can be used to adjust the surface charge of the substrate to the left side of its IEp. (ie, a net positive surface charge is produced.) The inorganic acid or base or organic acid or base can be diluted. Usually, the concentration of the dilute acid solution or the dilute alkali solution will depend on The type of acid or base used, its dissociation constant, and the pH suitable for obtaining the type and density of the surface charge to be obtained. 2. Integral treatment of type 2 precursors, whether the surface of the substrate is received as it is, or is subjected to ion leaching ( That is, the substrate treated by IEX-1) or treated by BIX, preferably, in (1) second ion exchange ("IEX·2") treatment, (Π) electrostatic adsorption (EA) treatment or (Hi) The combination of IEX-2 and EA treatment uses at least one second component precursor (" type 2 precursor") to further process the substrate to integrate one or more second component precursors with a second The ionic and/or electrostatic interaction of the substrate is on and/or within the surface of the substrate. Next, certain Type 2 component precursors may be catalytically active without further treatment, or further processed, depending on the intended use. The catalytically active region comprising one or more type 2 components is produced. However, 'the catalytically active region is composed of 126437.doc -40-200902146 (4) type 2 component precursor '(8) is derived from the type 2 component precursor The composition of the type 2 component, or (4) consists of a combination of (4) and (8), the average thickness of the catalytic region on the surface of the substrate and/or is nanometer, and the car is preferably about 2 nanometers. 5 is about 1 nanometer. As mentioned above, in some cases, depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition, the base f received as received or treated by ion leaching may have catalytic efficacy. However, for many potentials In practice, it is generally preferred to subject the selected substrate to a ΙΕΧ2 and/3 wolf treatment, such as, but not limited to, a plurality of reaction rates, selectivities, and/or energy efficiencies suitable for use in the process of using the catalyst composition of the present invention, It can be significantly improved by replacing at least a portion of the first component ("type component") and integrating one of the components ("type 2 component") with the surface of the substrate. Without being bound by theory, direct or indirect ionic interactions are carried out by specific ion exchange sites on the surface of the substrate and/or in the opposite charge, by electrostatic adsorption to the surface of the oppositely charged substrate. Role, and the combination of certain ionic interactions and electrostatic adsorption interactions or some other type of precursor-charge-surface interaction to be understood, the type 2 precursor precursor ions can be integrated, however, regardless of the interaction ! • How the biomass 'the type 2 component precursor may produce catalytic activity in the case where the substrate received as received, the treated substrate or the mx-treated substrate produces a second precursor charge-surface interaction The region 'the catalytically active region has an average thickness on and/or within the surface of the substrate of from about 1 to about 30 nm, preferably < about 2 nanometers, more preferably < about 1 nanometer. - It is convenient to carry out the following discussion 'and is not intended to limit the use of ΙΕχ_2 in this essay. This is commonly referred to as the type component precursor 126437.doc -41 · 200902146 charge-surface interaction or type 2 component precursor The broad interaction of interactions. In general, the type of salt solution used to treat the IEX-1 treated or BIX-treated substrate will depend on the type of ion to be ion exchanged in the ΙΕΧ2 treatment. Either an ion will undergo ion exchange, or in some cases two or more ions need to be exchanged, or ion exchanged at the same time, or ion exchange in sequence.
在兩種不同類型的成分前驅物離子與基質整合之情況 下,本文中該ΙΕΧ-2處理稱為兩次離子交換或兩次ΙΕχ_2處 理。因此,在三種不同類型的成分前驅物離子與基質整合 之If況下ΙΕΧ·2處理稱為三次離子交換或三次ΐΕχ_2處 理。 2型成分及前駆物說明 ΙΕΧ-2離子之任何鹽溶液,若化学上易於置換按原樣接 收、經I购處理或經ΒΙχ_處理之基質表面上的離子或 具有電荷親和力來達成與經ΙΕχ_14理或經Βιχ.處理之基 質表面的靜電相互作用,即可使用。 土 、、所以,ΙΕΧ-2離子能夠作為2型成分之前㈣。如上所 述’根據其預;t用it,該等離子性财_2前驅物(即2型成 分前驅物)可能具有催化效力,若是如此,該等離子性 -2别驅物就能夠像某類觸媒組合物中的2型成以 其刖駆物狀工作,但所述離子亦可作為在製備另一類型 之觸媒組合物過程中的1ΕΧ·2前驅物卫作。“,通常情 況下,離子性ιεχ_2前驅物(可用於獲得與基質表面整合之 126437.doc •42- 200902146 2型成分)包括但不限刃 路易士鹼、貴金屬陽離易士酸、布忍司特或 過渡金屬陽離子及過浐及陰離子 M M 、 又金屬錯3陽離子及陰離子、過渡金 屬乳陰離子、過渡令凰& m 金屬硫屬化物陰離子、主族氧陰離子、 齒離子、稀土離子、稀土錯合陽離子及陰離子及其組合。 =樣’取決於觸媒組合物之預定用途,某些Z編離子 身在前驅物狀態下有催化效力,與適當的基質整合時可 產生2型成分。可選擇右 释在不進一步處理的情況下具有催化 效力之離子性IEX-2前驅物,某些實例包括但不限於布忍 司特或路易士酸、布忍司特或路易士驗、貴金屬陽離子、 過渡金屬陽離子、過渡金屬氧陰離子、主族氧陰離子、齒 離子、稀土氫氧根離子、稀土氧化物離子及其組合。 可作為2型成分前驅物之某些貴金屬及過渡金屬實例, 包括但不限於第1 2 3族至第U族(以前的第lb族、第lib族、第 ^族、第VIb族、第Vb族及第VIII族),例如鉑、鈀、鎳、 銅、銀、金、鍺、銥、釕、銖、餓、鈷、鐵、錳、鋅的離 子鹽及錯合離子鹽及其組合。對於IEX-2處理,鈀、鉑、 铑、銥、釕、銖、銅、銀、金及鎳的離子鹽尤其較佳。為了 方便起見’該等族之元素可藉由使用國際理論及應用化學聯 •43 · 1 會(IUPAC)命名系統之元素族編號在 2 http.//pearll.lanl.gov/periodie/default_htm 中顯示的化學元素週期 表(並顯示以前使用的族編號)中查詢。 可作為2型成分前驅物之某些過渡金屬氧陰離子實例, 包括但不限於第5族及第6族(以前的第Vb族及第VIb族)的 3 126437.doc 200902146 離子鹽’例如 V〇43-、w〇 2- „ a 6. 4 、h2w12o40 、m〇o42·、 Mo7024 -、Nb60196-、Re〇 甘 〇4及其組合。對於IEX-2處理, 銖 '鉬、鎢及釩的離子鹽尤其較佳。 本可作為2型成分前驅物之某些過渡金屬硫屬化物陰離子 貝例’包括但不限於第6族(以前的第m族)的離子鹽,例 如MoS42·、WS42·及其組合。In the case where two different types of component precursor ions are integrated with the matrix, the ΙΕΧ-2 treatment herein is referred to as two ion exchanges or two ΙΕχ_2 treatments. Therefore, the ΙΕΧ·2 treatment in the case of the integration of the precursor ions of the three different types of components with the matrix is referred to as tertiary ion exchange or tertiary ΐΕχ_2 treatment. Type 2 Ingredients and Precursor Description Any salt solution of ΙΕΧ-2 ion, if chemically easy to replace, received as received, treated by I, or treated with ions on the surface of the substrate treated with ΒΙχ_ or with charge affinity to achieve Or the electrostatic interaction of the surface of the substrate treated by Βιχ. Soil, and therefore, ΙΕΧ-2 ion can be used as a type 2 component (IV). As described above, 'according to its pre-; t with it, the plasma precursor 2 (ie, type 2 component precursor) may have catalytic effect, and if so, the plasma-2 can be like a certain type of touch Form 2 in the vehicle composition operates as its mash, but the ions can also serve as a precursor for the preparation of another type of catalyst composition. “In general, ionic εεχ_2 precursors (which can be used to obtain surface-integrated 126437.doc •42- 200902146 type 2 components) include but not limited to Lewisine, precious metal cations, and bristles Or transition metal cations and ruthenium and anion MM, metal sterol 3 cations and anions, transition metal emulsion anions, transition granules & m metal chalcogenide anions, main oxyanions, tooth ions, rare earth ions, rare earths Cationics and anions and combinations thereof. = "Depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition, certain Z-coded ion bodies have catalytic potencies in the precursor state and can form a type 2 component when integrated with a suitable matrix. An ionic IEX-2 precursor with catalytic potency without further treatment, some examples including, but not limited to, Blenzel or Lewis acid, Blenz or Lewis, noble metal cations, transition metal cations, Transition metal oxyanion, main group oxygen anion, tooth ion, rare earth hydroxide ion, rare earth oxide ion and combinations thereof. Examples of certain precious metals and transition metals of type component precursors, including but not limited to Groups 232 to U (formerly Groups lb, lib, Group II, Group VIb, Group Vb, and Group VIII), such as platinum, palladium, nickel, copper, silver, gold, ruthenium, osmium, iridium, osmium, cobalt, iron, manganese, zinc ionic salts and complex ion salts and combinations thereof. For IEX-2 For the treatment, ionic salts of palladium, platinum, rhodium, ruthenium, osmium, iridium, copper, silver, gold and nickel are especially preferred. For the sake of convenience, the elements of these groups can be used by using international theory and applied chemistry. · The element family number of the 1 (IUPAC) naming system is queried in the periodic table of chemical elements displayed in 2 http.//pearll.lanl.gov/periodie/default_htm (and shows the family number used previously). Examples of certain transition metal oxyanions of the component precursors, including but not limited to Groups 5 and 6 (formerly Groups Vb and VIb) 3 126437.doc 200902146 ionic salts 'eg V〇43-, w 〇2- „ a 6. 4 , h2w12o40 , m〇o42·, Mo7024 -, Nb60196-, Re〇甘〇4 and combinations thereof. For the IEX-2 treatment, yttrium salts of molybdenum, tungsten and vanadium are particularly preferred. Some transition metal chalcogenide anions which may be used as precursors of the type 2 component include, but are not limited to, the ionic salts of Group 6 (formerly the mth group), such as MoS42., WS42, and combinations thereof.
可作為2型成分前驅物之某些主族氧陰離子實例,包括 但不3限於第16族(以前的第Vla族)的離子鹽,例如s〇,、 P(V ' Se042·及其組合。對於ΙΕχ 2處理,抑2_的離子鹽 尤其較佳。 可作為2型成分前驅物之某些鹵離子實例,包括但不限 於第Π族(以前的第Vila族)的離子鹽,例如F-、α_、Br-、 r及其組合,對於ΙΕΧ_2處理,F·及α_的離子鹽尤其較佳。 可作為2型成分前驅物之某些稀土離子及稀土錯合陽離 子或離子實例,包括但不限於鑭系元素及锕系元素的離子 鹽’例如 La、pr、Nd、Pm、Sm、Eu、Gd、Tb、Dy、 H〇、Er、Tm、Yb、Lu、Th、U及其組合。 可用於產生作為2型成分之過渡金屬·碳化物、過渡金 屬-氮化物、過渡金屬-硼化物及過渡金屬-磷化物的某些過 渡金屬實例,包括但不限於鉻、鉬、鎢、鈮、鈕、鐵、 始、鎳的離子鹽及其組合。 1EX-2處理說明 通常’用於IEX-2處理之鹽溶液濃度’取決於經ΐΕχ_ 1處 理或BIX-處理並要經ΙΕΧ_2處理之基質類型及用於與經 126437.doc -44 - 200902146 IEX_1處理之基質相互作用及/或整合的IEX-2離子之相對 親和力。對於大部分類型之玻璃基質(例如但不限於八汉 型、A型或鈉鈣(s〇da_lime)玻璃),約〇 〇〇1 。至飽和的 IEX-2鹽溶液係較佳,而約0.001 wt_%至5 wt_% IEX-2鹽溶 液係更佳。然而,視被視為達成觸媒組合物之預定用途所 必需之催化成分的官能性表面濃度而定,ΙΕχ·2鹽溶液可 能為小於0.001 wt ο/。。 若多種離子類型與基質交換,無論為同時進行或按順序 進行,鹽溶液之濃度將按照對於基質上各種成分前驅物所 需的相對負載及基質適用於某種成分前驅物對比另一種成 分前驅物的相對親和力進行調整。例如但不限於,在兩次 IEX-2處理(亦即兩種不同催化成分前驅物與經ΐΕχ_丨或 BIX-處理之基質整合)或三次ΙΕχ_2處理(亦即三種不同的 催化成分前驅物與經IEX-1或經BIX-處理之基質整合)中, 用於沈殿各種離子的鹽溶液濃度將取決於適用於各類與基 質表面整合之成分前驅物的目標相對濃度及對於各種離子 之表面親和力。 典型情況下,會根據所使用之IEX-2鹽溶液類型及濃度 及基質之特性’選擇適用於IEX-2處理的熱處理條件,例 如加熱溫度、加熱時間及混合條件。 較佳地’適合於使用某種酸進行1£乂_2處理的加熱溫度 可在約20°C至約200°C之間,更佳在約3(rc至約9〇(>c之 間。 取決於IEX-2鹽溶液之濃度及選定之加熱溫度,用於 126437.doc -45- 200902146 IEX-2處理的加熱時間可改變。較佳地,適用於压又_2處理 的加熱時間在約5分鐘至約48小時之間,更佳在約3〇分鐘 至約5小時之間。 通常’會根據所使用之IEX-2鹽溶液類型及濃度及基質 之特性(例如’欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、在 移除網狀物離子後玻璃之強度等)及熱處理之持續時間, 選擇混合條件。例如但不限於,混合條件可為連續或斷Examples of certain main group oxygen anions which may be used as precursors of the type 2 component include, but are not limited to, the ionic salts of Group 16 (formerly Group Vla), such as s〇, P(V 'Se042, and combinations thereof. For the ΙΕχ 2 treatment, the ionic salt of 2 _ is particularly preferred. Some examples of halides which can be used as precursors of the type 2 component include, but are not limited to, the ionic salts of the steroidal group (formerly the Vila group), such as F- , α_, Br-, r and combinations thereof, for the ΙΕΧ_2 treatment, the ionic salts of F· and α_ are particularly preferred. Some rare earth ions and rare earth cations or ions may be used as precursors of type 2 components, including but It is not limited to lanthanides and ionic salts of lanthanides such as La, pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, H〇, Er, Tm, Yb, Lu, Th, U, and combinations thereof. Examples of certain transition metals that can be used to produce transition metal carbides, transition metal-nitrides, transition metal-borides, and transition metal-phosphides as type 2 components, including but not limited to chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, rhenium, Button, iron, ionic, nickel ionic salts and combinations thereof. 1EX-2 treatment instructions are usually 'for IEX-2 The concentration of the salt solution 'depends on the type of substrate treated with ΐΕχ 1 or BIX - and treated with ΙΕΧ 2 and the IEX-2 used for interaction and/or integration with the substrate treated by 126437.doc -44 - 200902146 IEX_1 Relative affinity of ions. For most types of glass substrates (such as, but not limited to, Bahan, A or Sdda_lime), about 〇〇〇1. To saturated IEX-2 salt solution Preferably, about 0.001 wt% to 5 wt% of the IEX-2 salt solution is preferred. However, depending on the functional surface concentration of the catalytic component necessary to achieve the intended use of the catalyst composition, ΙΕχ·2 The salt solution may be less than 0.001 wt%. If multiple ion types are exchanged with the matrix, either simultaneously or sequentially, the concentration of the salt solution will be applied to the relative loading and matrix required for the precursors of the various components on the substrate. The relative affinity of a component precursor to another component precursor is adjusted, such as, but not limited to, two IEX-2 treatments (ie, two different catalytic component precursors and a hydrazine or a BIX-treatment). In the case of matrix integration) or tertiary ΙΕχ_2 treatment (that is, the integration of three different catalytic component precursors with IEX-1 or BIX-treated matrix), the concentration of the salt solution used for the various ions of the shoal will depend on the type of application. Target relative concentration of component precursors integrated with the surface of the substrate and surface affinity for various ions. Typically, depending on the type and concentration of the IEX-2 salt solution used and the properties of the matrix, 'select for IEX-2 treatment. Heat treatment conditions such as heating temperature, heating time, and mixing conditions. Preferably, the heating temperature suitable for the treatment with a certain acid may range from about 20 ° C to about 200 ° C, more preferably from about 3 (rc to about 9 〇 (> Depending on the concentration of the IEX-2 salt solution and the selected heating temperature, the heating time for the 126437.doc -45-200902146 IEX-2 treatment may vary. Preferably, the heating time is suitable for the pressure and _2 treatment. Between about 5 minutes and about 48 hours, more preferably between about 3 minutes and about 5 hours. Usually 'depending on the type and concentration of the IEX-2 salt solution used and the characteristics of the substrate (eg 'from glass The affinity of the ions removed by the mesh, the strength of the glass after removal of the mesh ions, etc., and the duration of the heat treatment, the mixing conditions are selected. For example, but not limited to, the mixing conditions may be continuous or broken.
續,亦可為機械混合、流化、翻滾、滾動或手動混合。 〜Q之,IEX-2鹽溶液濃度、熱處理狀態及混合條件的 組0 ’實質上係基於在基質上及/或内整合足夠數量之 ΙΕΧ-2離子及ΙΕχ_2離子之分布予以確定,而與基質表面之 物理化學結合的性質無關,用以產生所需之表面電荷類型 及程度,以產生達成觸媒組合物之預定用途所需的表面活 性狀態。 ' 藉由調整pH值來調整基質表面電荷 如上所述,考慮到在第二1EX("IEX-2")處理中將與表面 整合之2型成分前驅物’所需的阳調整程度通常將取決於 土質之IEP、基質之IEp對比表面電荷分布曲線及所要之電 荷類型。例如但不限於,對於IEp等於8的基質,較佳地, 基質/IEX-2混合物之pH值調整為約8至約12之間,更佳為 約9至約11之間。 用於進行賴PH值㈣之㈣_,將取決於與其他反 ㈣之相容性、基f在相關PH值範圍㈣穩定性及所要之 m度及其他g素。通常,任何稀驗均可用於將基質表 126437.doc •46· 200902146 面電荷調至其IEP的右侧(亦即產生淨的負表面電荷),而任 何稀酸可用於將基質表面電荷調至其IEp的左側(亦即產生 淨的正表面電荷)。無機酸或驗或有機酸或驗均可以稀濃 度使用,而通常較佳為有機鹼。通常,稀酸溶液或稀鹼溶 液之濃度,將取決於所使用之酸或鹼類型、其解離常數及 適於獲得所要表面電荷類型及密度的pH值。 在IEX-2處理完成後,較佳地,經ΙΕχ_2處理之基質可使 用任何合適的方法分離,包括但不限於過濾方式、離心方 式、傾析及其組合。然後,經ΙΕΧ_2處理之基質用一或多 種合適的清洗液(例如蒸餾水或去離子水、稀鹼或稀酸及/ 或合適的水溶性有機溶劑,例如甲醇、乙醇或丙酮)清 洗,並在約110°C的溫度下乾燥約20至24小時。 IV.沈澱後處理說明 視需要,在經IEX-2處理之基質得以分離後,可僅乾 燥、煅燒,在氧化條件下煅燒,隨後還原或進一步氧化, 在不锻燒的情況下還原或在不煅燒的情況下氧化。可按照 需要,用合適的還原、硫化、碳化、氮化、磷化或硼化試 劑(-IDING試劑)’在氣相或液相中執行表面沈澱之過渡金 屬離子、氧陰離子及/或硫陰離子的反應,以產生相應的 催化有效之金屬硫化物/硫氧化物、金屬碳化物/碳氧化 物、金屬氮化物/氮氧化物、金屬硼化物或金屬磷化物成 分。 通常但不限於,沈澱後煅燒處理的目的實質上為分解金 屬平衡離子或配體’絲金屬、金屬氧化物、金屬硫屬化 126437.doc -47- 200902146 並移除任何未在先前的乾 物等更緊密地與基質表面整合, 燥處理中移除的殘餘水。Continued, it can also be mechanical mixing, fluidization, tumbling, rolling or manual mixing. ~Q, IEX-2 salt solution concentration, heat treatment state and mixing conditions of the group 0 'substantially based on the integration of a sufficient number of ΙΕΧ-2 ions and ΙΕχ_2 ions on the substrate and / or within the matrix to determine, and the matrix The nature of the physicochemical bonding of the surface is independent of the type and extent of surface charge required to produce the surface active state required to achieve the intended use of the catalyst composition. ' Adjusting the surface charge of the substrate by adjusting the pH. As mentioned above, the degree of positive adjustment required for the type 2 component precursor to be integrated with the surface in the second 1EX ("IEX-2") treatment will usually be Depends on the soil IEP, the IEp contrast surface charge distribution curve of the matrix and the type of charge required. For example, without limitation, for a substrate having an IEp equal to 8, preferably, the pH of the matrix/IEX-2 mixture is adjusted to be between about 8 and about 12, more preferably between about 9 and about 11. The (4)_ used to carry out the pH value (4) will depend on compatibility with other inverses (IV), the stability of the base f in the range of pH values (4), and the desired m-degree and other g-forms. In general, any thin test can be used to adjust the surface charge of the matrix table 126437.doc •46·200902146 to the right side of its IEP (ie, to produce a net negative surface charge), and any dilute acid can be used to adjust the surface charge of the substrate to Its left side of the IEp (ie, produces a net positive surface charge). The inorganic acid or organic acid or organic acid may be used in a dilute concentration, and an organic base is usually preferred. Generally, the concentration of the dilute acid solution or the dilute alkali solution will depend on the type of acid or base used, its dissociation constant, and the pH at which it is suitable to obtain the desired surface charge type and density. Preferably, after the IEX-2 treatment is completed, the substrate treated by ΙΕχ_2 can be separated by any suitable method including, but not limited to, filtration, centrifugation, decantation, and combinations thereof. The substrate treated with ΙΕΧ_2 is then washed with one or more suitable cleaning solutions (eg, distilled or deionized water, dilute or dilute acid and/or a suitable water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol or acetone) and Dry at a temperature of 110 ° C for about 20 to 24 hours. IV. Post-precipitation treatment description If necessary, after the IEX-2 treated substrate is separated, it can be dried only, calcined, calcined under oxidizing conditions, then reduced or further oxidized, reduced or not calcined. Oxidation in the case of calcination. Transition metal ions, oxyanions and/or sulfur anions can be surface-precipitated in the gas or liquid phase with suitable reduction, sulfurization, carbonization, nitridation, phosphating or boration reagents (-IDING reagents) as needed The reaction produces a corresponding catalytically effective metal sulfide/sulfur oxide, metal carbide/carbon oxide, metal nitride/nitrogen oxide, metal boride or metal phosphide component. Usually, but not limited to, the purpose of the post-precipitation calcination treatment is essentially to decompose the metal counterion or the ligand 'silk metal, metal oxide, metal chalcogenization 126437.doc -47- 200902146 and remove any undried dry matter, etc. More closely integrated with the surface of the substrate, residual water removed during the drying process.
用於經IEX-2處理之基質的锻燒處理條件,對於基質之 成功表面活化並非㈣重要’然而,該等條件只應^夠嚴 格’能夠以催化有效量產生至少一個具有沈澱之成分前驅 物的催化活性區域。但就使用煅燒而言,&質首先在氧化 性氣氛(例如在空氣或氧氣)中煅燒。另外,重要的是,選 擇夠高的锻燒溫度以確保所關注之2型成分前驅物被氧化 而且任何殘餘水得到移除(若仍有任何殘餘水存在),但煅 燒溫度亦應夠低’能夠合理避免基質之軟化點及非所要之 沈殿成分前驅物分解。 例如但不限於,沈殿之硫酸鹽需要锻燒條件來分解所結 ^之陽離子並將硫酸根較於表面上,但該等條件不得顯 著將硫酸鹽分解成揮發性的硫氧化物。同樣地,金屬氧陰 離子要求煅燒條件來分解所結合之陽離子並將陰離子以氧 化物形式固定於表面±,但條件不得嚴格到使金屬氧化物 自表面揮發或造成金屬氧化物溶入基質。最後,貴金屬及 錯合物應在以下條件煅燒:分解所存在的配體及陰離子, c不得嚴格到使貝金屬聚集在表面上。鑒於此原因,如以 下更詳細說明,貴金屬較佳在沒有煅燒的情況下直接還 原。 通吊,务·燒/JBL度應至少比選定基質軟化點低至少約1 〇〇。 煅燒温度應在約loot至700〇c之間,更佳在約2〇〇。(:至6〇〇 °c之間,最佳在約300°C至500X:之間。 126437.doc •48· 200902146 典型情況下’經IEX-2處理之基質煅燒約i至約24個小 時’較佳煅燒約2至約12個小時。儘管如此,視與基質整 合之2型成分而定’該項煅燒時間可在該等範圍以外變 化。 通常但不限於’沈澱後還原處理目的為至少實質上(若 非完全)將催化成分前驅物(例如金屬、金屬氧化物或金屬 硫化物)還原成與基質表面整合的較低氧化狀態。合適還 原劑的實例包括但不限於CO及H2。H2係較佳的還原劑, 其流動速率較佳在每公克基質約0.01 L/hr.至約100 L/hr之 間’更佳其流動速率在每公克基質〇.1 [化^至丨L/hr^ 間。 典型h況下’還原溫度應在〇 C至6 0 0 之間,前提為所 選擇之溫度比基質之軟化點至少低1 〇〇。〇。 通常,經IEX-2處理之基質要經約〇」小時至約銘小時之 還原處理,較佳經約1小時至約8小時之還原處理。 或者,經IEX-2處理之基質可藉由溶液相處理進行還 原,該溶液相處理使用可溶性還原劑(例如但不限於肼、 氫化鈉、氫化鋁鋰及其組合)在合適的溶劑(例如水或乙醚) 中進行。 通常但不限於,沈澱後-IDING反應處理的目的為在另外 使還原#金屬肖包含車交低原子量-IDING元素之試劑反應的 同時’還原金屬離子、金屬氧陰離子及/或金屬硫陰離 子。在某些情況下,直接-IDING會在沒有同時發生金屬氧 化態還原的情況下發生,例如某些硫化處理。 126437.doc -49- 200902146 典型的氣相-IDING試劑包括但不限於硫化氫、甲硫醇及 二曱基硫(硫化試劑)、氨(氮化試劑)、甲烷、乙烷及其他 輕質烴類(碳化試劑)。該等氣相_IDING試劑可在環境壓力 下或加壓下直接與經IEX_2處理之基質起反應’或是在與 惰性氣體或氫氣混合之氣體中與與經ΙΕχ_2處理之基質起 反應,進而產生相應的硫化物、碳化物或氮化物。可能有 催化效力之部分-IDED產物(包括硫氧化物、碳氧化物及氮 氧化物)亦可藉由下述方式產生:與實質上原樣接收/獲得 之基質、經IEX-2處理之整合基質、經ΙΕχ_2處理之煅燒基 質或經IEX-2處理之還原基質進行不完全反應。 藉由兩次離子交換(兩次IEX_2處理)基質之還原處理, 可產生金屬磷化物,其中一項ΙΕχ·2處理係一或多種過渡 金屬離子,而另一項ΙΕΧ·2處理係磷酸根離子。較佳地, 該兩項ΙΕΧ-2處理可按順序執行。另外,金屬磷化物可藉 由使用氣相磷化試劑(例如但不限於磷化氫(ρΗ3))來產生所 要之金屬磷化物。例如,以處於合適氧化態之所需過渡金 屬進行單一離子交換之基質(經單_ΙΕχ_2處理之基質),可 進一步用ΡΗ3處理來產生所需的金屬磷化物。 溶液相處理可用於產生金屬硫化物、金屬硼化物及金屬 磷化物催化成分。產生金屬硫化物之典型溶體處理包括但 不限於在室溫至回流溫度之範圍内,以有效濃度之六甲基 二矽硫烷有機溶液處理經ΙΕΧ_2處理之金屬離子_整合基 質,歷時之時間足以在基質表面上及/或内產生催化有效 量之催化成分。 126437.doc •50· 200902146 產生棚化物之典型溶液相處理包括但不限於,對於經 IEX-2處理之金屬-離子-整合基質,在室溫至回流溫度之 間,歷時有效時間進行硼氫化鈉或硼氫化鉀水溶液處理。 產生填化物之典型溶液相處理包括在室溫至回流之範圍 内,對於經IEX-2處理之金屬-離子_整合基質進行次磷酸鈉 水溶液處理,歷時時間之足以在基質表面上及/或内產生 催化有效量之催化成分。 V.催化活性區域說明 由於任何上述基質處理而產生的催化活性區域,將具有 ⑴小於或等於約30奈米的平均厚度,較佳為 <約2〇奈米, 更佳為 <約10奈米,及(ii)催化有效量之至少一種催化成 分。較佳地,使用XPS光譜學確定催化區域的平均厚度, XPS光譜學使用稱為濺射深度分布圖之分層蝕刻技術(會在 以下提供實例中的分析方法下更詳細說明)。然而,熟習 此項技術者所知的其他分析技術亦可用來確定催化成分對 比成分之相關基質表面的大體位置。所以,基質催化區域 的平均厚度可使用(例如但不限於)透射電子顯微鏡術 (TEM)或掃描TEM(STEM,亦在以下更詳細說明)予以確 疋。熟習此項技術者對XPS或丁£]^程序均有透徹的瞭解。 應理解,在極限情況下,無論催化活性區域係由 處理或IEX-2處理(有或無ΒΙχ處理)所產生’對於本發明之 任何觸媒組合物而言,催化活性區域的厚度—般(a)不會在 實質上穿過基質之表面區域或(b)不會超過基質之外表面約 3〇奈米厚度,較佳不超過約2〇奈米厚度,更佳不超過奈 126437.doc -51· 200902146 米厚度。關於在經處理 質上及/或内一或多個催化活 域m亦應理解催化活性區域可能: ⑷在基質之外表面,及存在任何孔隙時,在 壁表面; (b)在基質之表面區垃中 、, 取田匕域肀,亦即在基質外表面以下約3〇The calcination conditions for the IEX-2 treated substrate are not (4) important for successful surface activation of the matrix. However, these conditions should only be sufficiently stringent to produce at least one precipitated component precursor in a catalytically effective amount. Catalytic active region. However, in the case of calcination, the & mass is first calcined in an oxidizing atmosphere (e.g., in air or oxygen). In addition, it is important to choose a high calcination temperature to ensure that the precursor of the type 2 component of interest is oxidized and any residual water is removed (if any residual water is present), but the calcination temperature should also be low enough' It can reasonably avoid the softening point of the matrix and the decomposition of the undesired precursor components. For example, but not limited to, the sulphate of the sulphate requires calcination conditions to decompose the cations formed and the sulphate is compared to the surface, but such conditions do not significantly decompose the sulphate into volatile sulphur oxides. Similarly, the metal anion requires calcination conditions to decompose the bound cations and fix the anions to the surface as oxides, provided that the metal oxides are volatilized from the surface or the metal oxides are dissolved into the matrix. Finally, the precious metals and complexes should be calcined under the following conditions: decomposition of the ligands and anions present, c must not be so strict that the shellfish accumulate on the surface. For this reason, as explained in more detail below, the noble metal is preferably directly reduced without calcination. The sling, service, and JBL should be at least about 1 低 lower than the softening point of the selected substrate. The calcination temperature should be between about loot and 700 〇c, more preferably about 2 Torr. (: between 6 ° °c, preferably between about 300 ° C and 500X: 126437.doc •48· 200902146 Typically, the substrate treated with IEX-2 is calcined for about i to about 24 hours. 'It is preferred to calcine for about 2 to about 12 hours. However, depending on the type 2 component integrated with the matrix, the calcination time can vary outside of these ranges. Usually, but not limited to, the purpose of the reduction treatment after precipitation is at least Substantially, if not completely, the catalytic component precursor (e.g., metal, metal oxide or metal sulfide) is reduced to a lower oxidation state integrated with the surface of the substrate. Examples of suitable reducing agents include, but are not limited to, CO and H2. Preferably, the reducing agent has a flow rate of from about 0.01 L/hr. to about 100 L/hr per gram of substrate. More preferably, the flow rate is in the range of gram per gram of 〇.1 [Chemical to 丨L/hr ^ Between. Typical h conditions 'reduction temperature should be between 〇C and 600, provided that the selected temperature is at least 1 低 lower than the softening point of the matrix. 〇. Usually, the substrate treated by IEX-2 is After about 5% to about the hour of reduction, preferably from about 1 hour to about 8 Alternatively, the IEX-2 treated substrate can be reduced by solution phase treatment using a soluble reducing agent such as, but not limited to, hydrazine, sodium hydride, lithium aluminum hydride, and combinations thereof. The solvent (for example, water or diethyl ether) is usually carried out. Usually, but not limited to, the purpose of the post-precipitation-IDING reaction treatment is to reduce the metal ions while additionally reacting the reducing metal with a low atomic weight-IDING element. Metal oxyanions and/or metal sulphide anions. In some cases, direct-IDING can occur without simultaneous metal oxide reduction, such as some vulcanization treatments. 126437.doc -49- 200902146 Typical gas phase - IDING reagents include, but are not limited to, hydrogen sulfide, methyl mercaptan and dimercaptosulfur (vulcanization reagent), ammonia (nitriding reagent), methane, ethane, and other light hydrocarbons (carbonizing agents). IDING reagent can react directly with IEX_2 treated substrate under ambient pressure or under pressure' or in a gas mixed with inert gas or hydrogen and with ΙΕχ_2 The substrate reacts to produce the corresponding sulfide, carbide or nitride. The portion of the catalytically effective part - IDED products (including sulfur oxides, carbon oxides and nitrogen oxides) can also be produced by: Substantially incomplete reaction of the substrate received/obtained as it is, the integrated matrix treated with IEX-2, the calcined substrate treated with ΙΕχ_2 or the reduced substrate treated with IEX-2. By two ion exchanges (two IEX_2 treatments) The reduction treatment of the substrate produces a metal phosphide, wherein one ΙΕχ·2 treatment is one or more transition metal ions, and the other ΙΕΧ·2 treatment is a phosphate ion. Preferably, the two ΙΕΧ-2 processes can be performed in sequence. Alternatively, the metal phosphide can be produced by using a gas phase phosphating agent such as, but not limited to, phosphine (ρ Η 3). For example, a single ion exchanged substrate (matrix treated with mono-?2) with the desired transition metal in the appropriate oxidation state can be further treated with hydrazine 3 to produce the desired metal phosphide. Solution phase treatment can be used to produce metal sulfides, metal borides, and metal phosphide catalytic components. Typical solution treatment for the production of metal sulfides includes, but is not limited to, treatment of the metal ion-integrated matrix treated with ruthenium-2 at an effective concentration of the organic solution of hexamethyldisulfanethione over a range of room temperature to reflux temperature over time. Sufficient to produce a catalytically effective amount of a catalytic component on and/or within the surface of the substrate. 126437.doc •50· 200902146 Typical solution phase treatment for shed formation includes, but is not limited to, for IOX-2 treated metal-ion-integrated matrices, between room temperature and reflux temperature, for a period of time effective for sodium borohydride Or treated with aqueous potassium borohydride solution. Typical solution phase treatment for the formation of the fill comprises treatment of the IOX-2 treated metal-ion-integrated substrate with an aqueous solution of sodium hypophosphite for a time sufficient to be on and/or within the surface of the substrate, from room temperature to reflux. A catalytically effective amount of a catalytic component is produced. V. Catalytic active region indicates that the catalytically active region resulting from any of the above substrate treatments will have an average thickness of (1) less than or equal to about 30 nm, preferably < about 2 nanometers, more preferably < about 10 Nano, and (ii) catalyzing an effective amount of at least one catalytic component. Preferably, XPS spectroscopy is used to determine the average thickness of the catalytic region, and XPS spectroscopy uses a layered etching technique known as a sputter depth profile (described in more detail below in the analytical methods provided in the Examples below). However, other analytical techniques known to those skilled in the art can be used to determine the approximate location of the substrate surface associated with the catalytic component. Therefore, the average thickness of the matrix catalytic region can be determined using, for example, but not limited to, transmission electron microscopy (TEM) or scanning TEM (STEM, also described in more detail below). Those skilled in the art have a thorough understanding of the XPS or the program. It should be understood that in the extreme case, regardless of whether the catalytically active region is produced by treatment or IEX-2 treatment (with or without hydrazine treatment), the thickness of the catalytically active region is generally the same for any of the catalyst compositions of the present invention ( a) does not substantially pass through the surface area of the substrate or (b) does not exceed the surface of the substrate by a thickness of about 3 nanometers, preferably no more than about 2 nanometers, more preferably no more than 126437.doc -51· 200902146 meters thickness. It is also understood that the catalytically active region may be on the treated mass and/or one or more catalytic domains m: (4) on the surface outside the substrate, and in the presence of any pores, on the surface of the wall; (b) on the surface of the substrate In the area of the area, the field is taken from the field, that is, about 3 inches below the outer surface of the substrate.
不米’較佳在基質外表面以下約2G奈米,更佳在基 質外表面以下㈣㈣;#存在任何孔隙時,在基 質孔壁表面以下約3時米,較佳在基f孔壁表面以 下約20奈米’更佳在基質孔壁表面以下約10奈米, 但在基質表面下區域以上; ⑷在基質之外表面上面或以上,當存在任何孔隙時, 部分在基質孔壁表面上或以上,而部分位於基質之 表面區域中,或 (d) (a)、(b)及(c)之組合。 通常,無論為丨型成分或2型成分,催化成分之量可在約 0.0002 wt·/。至約5 wt.%之間,較佳在約〇 〇〇〇2 wt %至約2 wt.%之間,更佳在約〇.〇〇〇5 wt %至約丨” %之間。而且, 本發明觸媒組合物之催化活性區域可為連續或不連續。 不受理論約束的情況下,據認為,覆蓋有不連續的催化 活性區域之觸媒組合物,與實質上覆蓋有連續或更廣泛之 連續催化活性區域的催化成分相比,至少同樣有效,而且 在有些情況下更為有效。催化有效區域在基質上的外表面 覆蓋範圍之程度,可在低至〇.〇〇〇1%覆蓋至高達1〇〇%覆蓋 之間。較佳地,催化有效區域之外表面覆蓋的程度在約 126437.doc 52- 200902146 0.0001¾至約10%之間,更佳在約0.0001%至約1%之間。然 而,在不受理論約束的情況下,據認為,觸媒組合物,特 別係具有較低催化成分wt_%負載之觸媒組合物,报可能催 化有效性更強,因為在經處理之基質上及/或内的催化活 性區域變得更為分散(亦即在催化活性區域之間更大程度 的分布及分開)。Preferably, the rice is preferably about 2G nanometers below the outer surface of the substrate, more preferably below the outer surface of the substrate. (4) (4); # When any pores are present, about 3 hours below the surface of the matrix pore wall, preferably below the surface of the base pore wall About 20 nm is more preferably about 10 nm below the surface of the substrate pore wall, but above the surface of the substrate surface; (4) above or above the surface of the substrate, when there is any pore, part is on the surface of the pore wall of the substrate or Above, and partly in the surface area of the matrix, or (d) a combination of (a), (b) and (c). Generally, the amount of the catalytic component may be about 0.0002 wt·/, whether it is a quinoid component or a type 2 component. Between about 5 wt.%, preferably between about wt2 wt% and about 2 wt.%, more preferably between about 〇5〇〇〇% to about 丨"%. The catalytically active region of the catalyst composition of the present invention may be continuous or discontinuous. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that the catalyst composition covered with the discontinuous catalytically active region is substantially continuous or The catalytic composition of the broader continuous catalytically active region is at least as effective and, in some cases, more effective. The extent of the catalytically effective region covering the outer surface of the substrate can be as low as 〇.〇〇〇1 The % coverage is between up to 1% coverage. Preferably, the extent of surface coverage outside the catalytically active area is between about 126437.doc 52-200902146 0.00013⁄4 to about 10%, more preferably about 0.0001% to about Between 1%. However, without being bound by theory, it is believed that the catalyst composition, especially the catalyst composition with a lower catalytic component wt_% loading, may be more catalytically effective because The catalytically active regions on and/or within the treated substrate become more For dispersion (i.e., greater distribution and separation between catalytically active regions).
催化活性區域及其他上述觸媒組合物特性,均係基於潑 月人對於進入穩態反應條件之前觸媒組合物狀態的最佳可 得資訊。一或多種所述特性可改變的程度並不確定,而且 大部分不可預測。儘管如此,在不受理論約束的情況下謂 為,由於觸媒組合物促進其預定製程反應,本文所述之觸 媒、、且σ物的g此性表面活性將允許與基質整合之催化成分 的電何及/或幾何定位及其他成分特性顯著變化。因此, 應理解’本文所述的本發明範圍,同樣擴展至在穩態反應 條件下由所主張之組合物產生的所有觸媒組合物。 VI.複合觸媒組合物說明 複合觸媒組合物包括至少一種耐高溫無機氧化物及至少 種-有至v種催化成分之前驅物觸媒組合物。該前驅 物觸媒組合物可藉由離子交換、浸漬、沈殺、共沈殿或其 他觸媒組合物製備方法製備,只要該方法可產生某種前驅 物觸媒組合物,其中至少一種催化成分在與耐高溫無機氧 化物混合之後保持實質上分散於前驅物觸媒組合物内及/ 或組合物上。另外,合通人叙;,甘A人, 卜田複合觸媒組合物曝露於預定用途之 穩態反應條件下至少—小時之後,該前驅物觸媒組合物之 126437.doc •53· 200902146 較佳至少一種催化成分保持實質上 物基質内及/或基質上。 物觸媒組合 前驅物觸媒說明 在與财馬溫氧化物混合之前產峰針s「& 引座生則驅物觸媒組合物。 散於用來產生複合觸媒組合物之整個耐高溫益機 的前驅物觸媒組合物基質通常選自 中 目3矽材料、實質上無矽 材料及其混合物之群組,具有上 男上面更詳細討論的多孔屬The catalytically active regions and other characteristics of the above-described catalyst compositions are based on the best available information for the state of the catalyst composition prior to entering the steady state reaction conditions. The degree to which one or more of the described characteristics can vary is not certain and is largely unpredictable. Nevertheless, without being bound by theory, the catalyst, and the sigma of the sigma, will allow the catalytic component to be integrated with the matrix, as the catalyst composition promotes its intended process reaction. The electrical and/or geometric positioning and other component characteristics vary significantly. Thus, it is to be understood that the scope of the invention described herein extends to all of the catalyst compositions produced by the claimed compositions under steady state reaction conditions. VI. Composite Catalyst Composition Description The composite catalyst composition comprises at least one refractory inorganic oxide and at least one to v catalytic component precursor catalyst composition. The precursor catalyst composition can be prepared by ion exchange, impregnation, immersion, co-precipitation or other catalyst composition preparation methods, as long as the method can produce a precursor catalyst composition in which at least one catalytic component is After mixing with the refractory inorganic oxide, it remains substantially dispersed within the precursor catalyst composition and/or composition. In addition, Hetong Renxu;, Gan A person, Bu Tian composite catalyst composition exposed to the intended use of steady-state reaction conditions for at least - hour after the precursor catalyst composition of 126437.doc •53·200902146 Preferably at least one catalytic component remains in the matrix and/or on the substrate. The catalyst-combined precursor catalyst indicates that the peak pin s "& lead-and-spinning catalyst composition" before mixing with the genomic temperature oxide. The entire high temperature resistance used to produce the composite catalyst composition The precursor catalyst composition matrix of the prosthetic machine is typically selected from the group consisting of a mesophyll material, a substantially innocuous material, and mixtures thereof, having the porous genus discussed in more detail above.
性。但在任何情況下,前驅物觸媒組合物之基質實質上無 孔。含石夕基質之實例包括但不限於玻璃、碳化石夕、氮: 石夕、堇青石、含術及其混合物。實質上無石夕材料之實 例包括但不限於實質上無矽陶瓷、α氧化鋁、氧化鍅、氧 化欽、碳及其混合物D 但是,前驅物觸媒組合物較佳為根據本文所提供之說明 製備的FSC組合物。然而,了本文介紹之製備官能性表 面觸媒組合物的方法,也可以使用此項技術中已知:其他 製備觸媒前驅物組合物的方法,只要至少一種催化成八在 與用於製備複合觸媒組合物之耐高溫無機氧化物(尤^任 何其他適當材料)混合之後保持實質上分散於前驅物觸媒 組合物内及/或組合物上。鑒於這種要求,熟悉此項技術 者會很清楚其他製備前驅物觸媒組合物之方法。 用於產生前驅物觸媒組合物之基質的最小尺寸(即基質 顆粒的平均最大尺寸)通常在大於約0 05微米到小於或等於 約150微米之間’較佳約0.2微米到小於或等於約15〇微米 之間’且較佳約0.2微米到約50微米之間。但是,根據該 126437.doc •54· 200902146 組合物之預定用途,超出上述範圍之基質可能仍然有效, 不會對複合觸媒組合物的預期性能造成不利影響。 熟悉此項技術者應當理解,複合操作可能會將潛在的大 孔隙、中孔隙及/或微孔隙引入成品的複合材料中。但 是,在前驅物觸媒組合物調配並與本文介紹的複合觸媒組 合物之其他組份複合時,前驅物觸媒組合物中並未引入這 種多孔性。 複合耐高溫無機氧化物說明 Γ 為方便起見,用於與完全分散之前驅物觸媒組合物—起 形成複合觸媒組合物的耐高溫無機氧化物在本文也可以稱 為複合耐高溫無機氧化物’或進一步簡稱為複合耐高溫氧 化物。此複合耐高溫氧化物的表面積一般在約i至約㈧ m2/g之範圍内且較佳在約5〇至25〇 一仏之範圍内,表觀容 積密度約為0.2 g/mL至約丨_8 g/mL,較佳自約〇·2 g/mL至約 1.0 g/mL。但是,視複合觸媒組合物之預定用途而定,複 U 纟耐高溫氧化物的表面積和表觀容積密度可以超出前述範 圍。在任何情況下,選擇複合耐高溫氧化物之該等特性以 便確保前驅物觸媒組合物可以在整個複合耐高溫氧化物中 充分擴散,而不會對複合觸媒組合物之性能產生不利 - 響。 ’、y 可用於形成複合觸媒組合物之耐高溫無機氧化物包括但 不限於Y(gamma)氧化鋁、S(delta)氧化鋁、 — 一化銘、《氧化銘、二氧化石厂二 _(亦即彿石)、非沸石分子_(NZMS)、㈣氧化物、氣化 126437.doc •55· 200902146 鈦、氧化锆及其混合物。沸石的實例包括但不限於沸石 Y、沸石X、沸石L、沸石p(beta)、鎂鹼沸石、Mn、UZM_ 4(參見美國專利第6,776,975號)、UFI、UZM_8(美國專利第 6,756,030號)、UZM-9(美國專利第6,713,〇41號)、發光沸石 及毛沸石。非沸石分子篩的實例包括但不限於美國專利第 4,440,871號中介紹的矽磷酸鋁(SAp〇)、美國專利第 4,793,984號中介紹的ELAP0及美國專利第4,567,〇29號中 介紹的MeAPO,所有該等專利均以引用的方式併入本文 中。非_氧化物的實例包括但不限於二氧化矽及磷酸鋁。 應該指出,二氧化矽-氧化鋁並非二氧化矽與氧化鋁之物 理混合物,而是一種藉由共膠凝或共沈澱形成之酸性無定 形材料。該術語在此項技術中眾所周知,例如參見美國專 利第 3,9G9,45() ; 3,274,124 和 4,988,659號,~有該等專利 均以引用的方式併入本文中。較佳之耐高溫無機氧化物為 丫、η氧化鋁及氧化锆。 複合耐高溫無機氧化物係使用熟悉此項技術者所熟知的 方法產生,以形成所需的黏性或稠度(例如糊狀、麵團狀 等)’用於與前驅物觸媒組合物及任何其他適合複合組份 (以下介紹)混合。視複合耐高溫無機氧化物組合物之黏性 或稠度而定,用於使預製備前驅物觸媒組合物在整個複合 :高溫無機氧化物中充分擴散之混合方法包括但不限於; 扣合、球磨、研糊及揉合。當前驅物觸媒組合物與複合耐 高溫無機氧化物充分混合之後,將此前驅物觸媒組合口物, 複合耐尚溫I化物混合物用於i生成%的複合觸媒組合 126437.doc -56- 200902146 物。但s,至少複切高溫氧化物及前驅物觸冑之可擠出 面團狀組合物通常較佳用於生成複合觸媒組合物(以下更 詳細討論)。 形成複合觸媒組合物說明 藉由混合至少一種複合耐高溫氧化物及至少一種預製備 前驅物觸媒組合物產生複合耐高溫氧化物/前驅物觸媒混 合物’从而生成複合觸媒組合物。例如,可先形成複合耐 高溫氧化㈣狀⑯,且將前驅物觸媒组合物混入該團狀物 中。包括但不限於非篩氧化物、沸石分子篩、非沸石分子 筛、矽酸鈦、黏土及金屬氧化物及其組合的其他組份同樣 可以與該團狀物混合以在成形(例如,藉由壓出)之前產生 複合觸媒組合物。 在複合耐高溫氧化物實質上成形之後(例如,用水及諸 如HC1之適當膠溶劑將氧化鋁粉膠溶),藉由將前驅物觸媒 組合物與複合耐高溫氧化物混合產生用於生成複合觸媒組 合物的複合耐咼溫氧化物/前驅物觸媒混合物。 複合耐高溫氧化物及前驅物觸媒可以使用熟悉此項技術 者所知的多種混合方法加以混合,包括但不限於槳混合、 球磨、研糊及揉合。較佳溶劑為水,但也可使用有機溶劑 及水與有機溶劑之混合物。該混合物亦可含有某種促進耐 问/皿氧化物擴散之試劑,例如但不限於硝酸、鹽酸、硫酸 及乙酸。在另一實施例中,可藉由碾磨含水漿料混合物中 之金屬氧化&,並I碾磨階段實質m之前或之後添加 前驅物觸媒組合物形成複合耐高溫氧化物。在生產聚料混 126437.doc •57· 200902146 合物時’較佳將其乾燥並煅燒為薄片。 適當時,可使用無機黏結劑。可加入漿料十之無機黏結 劑的實例包括但不限於Zr0(C2H3〇2)2、Ζα(Ν〇3)2、 ZrO(OH)Cl.nH20、氧化鍅溶膠、Zr〇c〇3、Ζγ〇(〇η)2、Sex. In any event, however, the matrix of the precursor catalyst composition is substantially non-porous. Examples of the inclusions include, but are not limited to, glass, carbon carbide, nitrogen: Shixi, cordierite, inclusion, and mixtures thereof. Examples of substantially no stone materials include, but are not limited to, substantially flawless ceramics, alpha alumina, cerium oxide, oxidized chin, carbon, and mixtures thereof. D. However, the precursor catalyst composition is preferably according to the description provided herein. Prepared FSC composition. However, the methods of preparing functional surface catalyst compositions described herein can also be used in the art: other methods of preparing catalyst precursor compositions, as long as at least one of the catalysts is used in the preparation of the composite The high temperature resistant inorganic oxide (especially any other suitable material) of the catalyst composition remains substantially dispersed within the precursor catalyst composition and/or composition after mixing. In view of this need, other methods of preparing precursor catalyst compositions will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The minimum size of the matrix used to produce the precursor catalyst composition (i.e., the average maximum size of the matrix particles) is typically between greater than about 0 05 microns to less than or equal to about 150 microns, preferably from about 0.2 microns to less than or equal to about Between 15 and 10 microns and preferably between about 0.2 microns and about 50 microns. However, depending on the intended use of the composition of 126437.doc • 54· 200902146, matrices outside the above range may still be effective without adversely affecting the expected performance of the composite catalyst composition. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the composite operation may introduce potential macropores, mesopores, and/or micropores into the finished composite. However, this porosity is not introduced into the precursor catalyst composition when the precursor catalyst composition is formulated and complexed with the other components of the composite catalyst composition described herein. Composite High Temperature Inorganic Oxide Description Γ For convenience, the high temperature resistant inorganic oxide used to form the composite catalyst composition together with the fully dispersed precursor catalyst composition may also be referred to herein as composite high temperature inorganic oxidation. 'or' is further referred to as a composite refractory oxide. The surface area of the composite refractory oxide is generally in the range of from about i to about (eight) m 2 /g and preferably in the range of from about 5 Torr to about 25 Å, and the apparent bulk density is from about 0.2 g/mL to about 丨. _8 g/mL, preferably from about 〇·2 g/mL to about 1.0 g/mL. However, depending on the intended use of the composite catalyst composition, the surface area and apparent bulk density of the complex U 纟 refractory oxide may exceed the foregoing ranges. In any case, these characteristics of the composite refractory oxide are selected to ensure that the precursor catalyst composition can diffuse well throughout the composite refractory oxide without adversely affecting the performance of the composite catalyst composition. . ', y can be used to form a composite catalyst composition of high temperature resistant inorganic oxides including but not limited to Y (gamma) alumina, S (delta) alumina, - Yihua Ming, "Oxidation Ming, dioxide plant II" (also known as buddha), non-zeolitic molecule _(NZMS), (iv) oxide, gasification 126437.doc •55· 200902146 Titanium, zirconia and mixtures thereof. Examples of zeolites include, but are not limited to, zeolite Y, zeolite X, zeolite L, zeolite p (beta), ferrierite, Mn, UZM_4 (see U.S. Patent No. 6,776,975), UFI, UZM_8 (U.S. Patent No. 6,756,030), UZM-9 (U.S. Patent No. 6,713, No. 41), luminescent zeolite and erionite. Examples of non-zeolitic molecular sieves include, but are not limited to, aluminum bismuth phosphate (SAp®) as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,440,871, ELAP0, which is incorporated in U.S. Patent No. 4,793,984, and MeAPO, which is incorporated herein by reference. The patents are hereby incorporated by reference. Examples of non-oxides include, but are not limited to, ceria and aluminum phosphate. It should be noted that cerium oxide-alumina is not a physical mixture of cerium oxide and aluminum oxide, but an acidic amorphous material formed by co-gelation or co-precipitation. The term is well known in the art, for example, see U.S. Patent Nos. 3,9,9,9,5,5, 3, 274,124, and 4, 988, 659, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Preferred high temperature resistant inorganic oxides are cerium, eta alumina and zirconia. The composite refractory inorganic oxide is produced using methods well known to those skilled in the art to form the desired viscosity or consistency (e.g., paste, dough, etc.) for use with precursor catalyst compositions and any other Suitable for mixing of composite components (described below). Depending on the viscosity or consistency of the composite refractory inorganic oxide composition, the mixing method for sufficiently diffusing the pre-prepared precursor catalyst composition throughout the composite: high temperature inorganic oxide includes, but is not limited to; Ball milling, polishing and blending. After the current catalyst composition is thoroughly mixed with the composite refractory inorganic oxide, the precursor catalyst combination and the composite temperature-resistant compound mixture are used for the generation of the composite catalyst combination 126437.doc -56 - 200902146. However, an extrudable dough-like composition that at least retries the high temperature oxide and the precursor touch is generally preferred for forming a composite catalyst composition (discussed in more detail below). Formation of the composite catalyst composition illustrates the formation of a composite catalyst composition by mixing at least one composite refractory oxide and at least one pre-prepared precursor catalyst composition to produce a composite refractory oxide/precursor catalyst mixture'. For example, a composite high temperature resistant oxidation (tetra) 16 can be formed first, and a precursor catalyst composition is mixed into the agglomerate. Other components including, but not limited to, non-screen oxides, zeolite molecular sieves, non-zeolitic molecular sieves, titanium tantalate, clay, and metal oxides, and combinations thereof, may also be mixed with the dough to form (eg, by extrusion) ) A composite catalyst composition was previously produced. After the composite refractory oxide is substantially formed (for example, the alumina powder is peptized with water and a suitable peptizing agent such as HCl), the precursor catalyst composition is mixed with the composite refractory oxide to produce a composite. A composite enthalpy resistant oxide/precursor catalyst mixture of the catalyst composition. The composite refractory oxide and precursor catalyst can be mixed using a variety of mixing methods known to those skilled in the art including, but not limited to, paddle mixing, ball milling, polishing, and kneading. The preferred solvent is water, but an organic solvent and a mixture of water and an organic solvent may also be used. The mixture may also contain some agent which promotes resistance to diffusion of the oxide of the dish, such as, but not limited to, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, and acetic acid. In another embodiment, the composite refractory oxide can be formed by milling the metal oxide & in the aqueous slurry mixture and adding the precursor catalyst composition before or after the milling stage substantially m. It is preferred to dry and calcine it into flakes when producing a polymer blend 126437.doc • 57· 200902146. Inorganic binders can be used where appropriate. Examples of inorganic binders to which slurry 10 can be added include, but are not limited to, Zr0(C2H3〇2)2, Ζα(Ν〇3)2, ZrO(OH)Cl.nH20, cerium oxide sol, Zr〇c〇3, Ζγ 〇(〇η)2
Zr(C5H8〇2)4、Zr(S〇4)2.4H2()、氧化鋁溶膠、二氧化矽溶 膠、硝酸鋁及軟水鋁石。雖然在某些情況下無機氧化物黏 結劑最:子能提供與複合财高溫氧化物相同的耐高溫氧化 {疋瓜而5,任何無機氧化物黏結劑都可與任何複 合耐高,氧化物共同使用。藉由炮燒處理,無機黏結劑產 生無機氧化物黏結劑。該無機氧化物黏結劑可以協助強化 複合觸媒組合物之 < 高溫無機氧化物網狀物,或用作複合 觸媒組合物之主要或唯一複合耐高溫氧化物。但是,在形 成複合觸媒組合物時,許多複合耐高溫氧化物往往不需要 無機氧化物黏結劑’特別是使用某種塵出法形成複合觸媒 組合物時尤然。但是,只要無機黏結劑適當,可使用會在 加熱時分解之溶膠、凝膠或金屬複合物來形成無機氧化物 黏結劑。因此在適當時,可以使用的無機氧化物黏結劑包 括但不限於氧化紹、二氧切、氧化錯、氧化鈦及麟酸 銘。例如,當複合耐高溫氧化物為滞石、氧化欽、二氧化 夕或氧化紹時’可使用氧化紹黏結劑。但是研究發現當氧 化錯作為複合耐高溫氧化物時,最好具有氧化錯黏結劑。 複合混合物中所存在之無機黏結劑(若存在)的量應在複合 觸媒組合物中提供約! wt.%至約99wt %的無機氧化物黏結 劑。較佳地,所使用之無機黏結劑的量提供複合觸媒中從 126437.doc -58- 200902146 約2至40 wt.%的無機黏結劑 wt·%的量最佳。 且提供複合觸媒之5至3〇Zr(C5H8〇2)4, Zr(S〇4)2.4H2(), alumina sol, cerium oxide sol, aluminum nitrate and soft boehmite. Although in some cases, the inorganic oxide binder can provide the same high temperature oxidation resistance as the composite high temperature oxide, and any inorganic oxide binder can be combined with any composite high resistance and oxide. use. The inorganic binder produces an inorganic oxide binder by gunming. The inorganic oxide binder can assist in strengthening the <high temperature inorganic oxide network of the composite catalyst composition, or as the primary or sole composite refractory oxide of the composite catalyst composition. However, many composite refractory oxides do not require an inorganic oxide binder when forming a composite catalyst composition, particularly when a composite catalyst composition is formed using some dusting method. However, as long as the inorganic binder is appropriate, a sol, a gel or a metal complex which decomposes upon heating can be used to form an inorganic oxide binder. Thus, if appropriate, inorganic oxide binders which may be used include, but are not limited to, oxidized, dioxin, oxidized, titanium oxide and linonic acid. For example, when the composite refractory oxide is stagnation, oxidized, oxidized or oxidized, an oxidized binder can be used. However, it has been found that when the oxidation is used as a composite refractory oxide, it is preferred to have an oxidative misclay. The amount of inorganic binder (if present) present in the composite mixture should be provided in the composite catalyst composition about! From wt.% to about 99% by weight of the inorganic oxide binder. Preferably, the amount of inorganic binder used provides the optimum amount of inorganic binder wt% in the composite catalyst from about 126437.doc -58 to 200902146 of from about 2 to 40 wt.%. And provide 5 to 3 复合 of composite catalyst
以=耐高溫氧化物之粒度而定,可能必須研磨材料, “立度且同時提供較窄的粒度分布範圍 料的各種研磨方法包括但不限於球磨及沖擠式研磨= ::研磨乂確保不同組份充分混合,並視情况降低複合耐高 溫氧化物及/或前驅物觸媒組合物之粒度。研磨通^進= 約〇.5至約8小時,較佳約2至約8小時。 產生出複合耐高溫氧化物/前驅物觸媒組合物混合物之 後,可藉由熟悉觸媒材料成形技術者所熟知的方法,將其 製成任何所需形狀之成形材料,包括但不限於球形、桿 狀、丸狀、顆粒狀、錠狀、粒狀、壓出物、環形、鞍狀、 二葉狀及熟悉此項技術者所知的其他形式。複合觸媒組合 物一开/成所需之形狀(例如壓出物)後,會在約1 〇 〇 〇c至約 320°C (較佳約10(rc至約15〇〇c )之溫度下乾燥約i至約以小 時’然後在至少約20(TC之溫度下烺燒約〇·5至約1〇小時以 生成複合觸媒組合物。一般而言,會選擇複合觸媒成份之 锻燒條件來穩定複合耐高溫氧化物並與前驅物觸媒組合物 整合°另外’視複合觸媒組合物之預定用途或製程應用而 定’锻燒條件可被用於最佳化複合耐高溫氧化物之特性, 例如但不限於其表面積、結構完整性及孔隙體積。 炮燒溫度較佳比前驅物觸媒組合物之燃燒温度或結構分 解溫度低至少約loot。但是通常,較佳之烺燒溫度為自 約200°c至約15〇〇。〇,較佳自約400°C至約lioot,且最佳 126437.doc -59- 200902146 自約40〇°c至約80〇°C。 可以執行一或多次煅燒步驟,以便在至少一種催化組份 化口物與複合耐面溫無機氧化物接觸之後的任何點可以被 炮燒。例如’在非還原環境下,約l〇(rc至約7〇(rc之溫度 摩色圍内執行煅燒步驟’較佳在約200。(:至約500。(:之間。锻 燒時間可以不同’但較佳在約1至5小時之間。 在煅燒複合觸媒組合物中,前驅物觸媒組合物之濃度範 圍自約1%至99%(按重量),較佳自約1%至9〇%(按重量), 更佳自約1至約80%(按重量),且最佳自約1至約7〇%(按重 量)。但是,一般情況下,前驅物觸媒組合物在複合觸媒 組合物中之濃度取決於其預定用途、前驅物觸媒組合物針 對目標反應物之活性及所需之目標產物生產率。另外,一 般情況下,在前驅物觸媒組合物上及/或組合物中之催化 成分濃度越高,複合觸媒組合物中之前驅物觸媒組合物濃 度就越低。 實例 現在結合以下實例更詳細說明本發明,以下實例說明或 類比了涉及本發明實踐的多個態樣。應當理解,在本發明 精神實質内的所有改變均希望得到保護,因此不能認為本 發明僅侷限於該等實例。 耐鹼(AR)玻璃基質之觸媒組合物 實例1 AR玻璃上之把Depending on the particle size of the high temperature resistant oxide, it may be necessary to grind the material. Various grinding methods for "negative and at the same time providing a narrower particle size distribution range include, but are not limited to, ball and pulverized grinding = :: grinding 乂 ensures different The components are thoroughly mixed and the particle size of the composite refractory oxide and/or precursor catalyst composition is reduced as appropriate. Grinding = about 5 to about 8 hours, preferably about 2 to about 8 hours. After the composite refractory oxide/precursor catalyst composition mixture is formed, it can be formed into a shaped material of any desired shape by methods well known to those skilled in the art of forming materials, including but not limited to spheres, rods Shapes, pellets, granules, ingots, granules, extrudates, rings, saddles, bilobes, and other forms known to those skilled in the art. The composite catalyst composition is opened/formed into the desired shape. After (e.g., extrudate), it will be dried at a temperature of from about 1 〇〇〇c to about 320 ° C (preferably about 10 (rc to about 15 〇〇 c) for about i to about hour' then at least about 20 (at a temperature of TC, simmering for about 5 to about 1 hour to generate a complex a catalyst composition. In general, the calcination conditions of the composite catalyst component are selected to stabilize the composite refractory oxide and integrate with the precursor catalyst composition. In addition, the intended use or process of the composite catalyst composition is determined. Application-specific 'calcining conditions can be used to optimize the properties of the composite refractory oxide, such as, but not limited to, its surface area, structural integrity, and pore volume. The firing temperature is preferably better than the combustion of the precursor catalyst composition. The temperature or structural decomposition temperature is at least about a loot. However, in general, the preferred calcining temperature is from about 200 ° C to about 15 Torr. Preferably, from about 400 ° C to about lioot, and preferably 126437.doc - 59- 200902146 From about 40 ° C to about 80 ° C. One or more calcination steps can be performed so that any point after at least one catalytically componentized mouth is contacted with the composite surface temperature resistant inorganic oxide can be Cannon burning. For example, 'in a non-reducing environment, about l 〇 (rc to about 7 〇 (the calcination step in the temperature of rc is preferably performed at about 200. (: to about 500.): between The burning time can be different 'but preferably about 1 to 5 hours In the calcined composite catalyst composition, the concentration of the precursor catalyst composition ranges from about 1% to 99% by weight, preferably from about 1% to about 9% by weight, more preferably from about 1 to about 80% by weight, and most preferably from about 1 to about 7 % by weight. However, in general, the concentration of the precursor catalyst composition in the composite catalyst composition depends on its The intended use, the activity of the precursor catalyst composition for the target reactant, and the desired target product productivity. In addition, in general, the higher the concentration of the catalytic component on the precursor catalyst composition and/or the composition, The lower the concentration of the precursor catalyst composition in the composite catalyst composition. EXAMPLES The invention will now be described in more detail in connection with the following examples which illustrate or analogize various aspects of the practice of the invention. It is to be understood that all changes that come within the spirit of the invention are intended to be protected, and thus the invention is not to be construed as limited to the examples. Alkali-resistant (AR) glass matrix catalyst composition Example 1 AR glass
獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL 126437.doc 200902146Obtained AR glass produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex Cem-FIL 126437.doc 200902146
Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步’對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 理。在該處理中’ AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛 和600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。Anti-CrakTM HD samples, i.e., glass fibers having an average diameter of about 17 to 2 microns. The first step is to perform a calcination heat treatment on the AR glass sample received as it is. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C.
第二步,對經烺燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將25公克 經锻燒之AR玻璃及3公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升的 塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於一個6〇。〇之通風烘箱 内一小時,每15分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏(Buchner)漏斗過濾 樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在丨1〇它之 溫度下’將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換(ΐΕχ)處 理。在本實财H氫氧四胺把的_3)4]_)2來製 備80毫升(M wt.%之把溶液用於離子交換("ΐΕχ溶液”)。將 4公克AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液("玻璃/離子交換混合物”)。 量測玻璃/ΙΕΧ離子交換混合物之_,得到之ρΗ值約為 μ。錢’將混合物移入15〇毫升之塑膠廣口容器内。 將該塑膠容器置於聊之通風烘箱内兩小時,每30分鐘用 手稱微搖晃―了。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有In the second step, the simmered AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Place 25 grams of calcined AR glass and 3 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 6 inch. Shake it in your hand for 15 hours every 15 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 丨1〇. In the third step, the acid-impregnated AR glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. Prepare 80 ml (M wt.% solution for ion exchange ("ΐΕχ solution") in this solid H-hydrogen tetraamine _3)4]_)2. Add 4 g of AR glass to the ion Exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measure the glass/ΙΕΧ ion exchange mixture _, get a value of ρ 约为. Money 'move the mixture into a 15 〇 ml plastic wide-mouth container. The container was placed in a ventilated oven for two hours, and it was shaken by hand every 30 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the use was carried out.
Whatman 5411 紙之布氏漏斗過遽玻璃/離子交換混合物, 並使用約3 · 8公升去^ 、太%λ 开去離子水清洗。然後,在1HTC温度下, 將離子交換玻璃乾燥22小時。 第四步 對離子交換玻璃進行還原處理,離子交換破填 126437.doc • 61 - 200902146 先在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及300°C的溫度下煅燒2 小時,然後在氫氣(H2)流速為2 L/hr之氫氣(H2)氣氛及300 °C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由電感耦合電漿-原子發射光譜法(ICP-AES)分析樣 品,得到約為0.0 16 wt. %之把濃度。 藉由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖1所示,結果表明,由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之 區域的厚度約為10奈米。 實例2 AR玻璃上之把 按照實例1之程序獲得並製備由Saint-Gobain Vetrotex生 產之AR玻璃Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑 約為17至20微米的玻璃纖維。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.032 wt.%之鈀 濃度。 藉由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖1所示,結果表明,由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之 區域的厚度約為10奈米。 實例3 AR玫璃上之把 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 126437.doc -62- 200902146 理。在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛 及6〇0°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將25公克 經煅燒之AR玻璃及3公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公升的 塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於60。(:之通風烘箱内— 小時’每15分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之後, 使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用 約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在11(rc之溫度下,將經 酸浸後之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步’對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中’使用二氣四胺鈀製備4〇毫升 0.1 wt_%之鈀溶液用於離子交換(”ΙΕχ溶液”)。將4公克ar 玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混合物")。量測 玻璃/離子交換混合物之ρΗ值,得到2ρΗ值約為77。然 後,將該混合物移入100毫升之塑膠廣口容器内並置於 C的通風烘箱内兩小時且每3〇分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離 子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54丨濾紙之布氏 漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物,並使用約3 · 8公升去離子 水清洗。然後,在11(rc溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾 燥22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 父換玻璃先在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及3〇〇°c的溫度 下烺燒2小時,然後在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3〇〇 °C的溫度下還原4小時。 126437.doc -63 - 200902146 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.0012 wt.%之鈀 濃度。 實例4 AR玻璃上之把 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 理。在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛 及600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經過煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約50 公克經煅燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公 升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於90°C之通風烘箱 内兩小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙的布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在11 〇°C之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行Na+-反離子交換 ("Na-BIX”)處理。將來自第二步的經酸浸之樣品與4公升 3 mol/L氯化鈉(NaCl)溶液混合(”玻璃/氯化鈉混合物”)。量 測玻璃/NaC卜混合物之pH值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約 40 wt.%之氫氧化四丙基銨,將該混合物之pH值調整至大 於10(在本實例中,得到之pH值約為11.0)。將玻璃/氣化鈉 混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口容器中。隨後將該容器置於 126437.doc -64- 200902146 50°C之通風烘箱内4小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。 Na-BIX處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏 漏斗過濾玻璃/氯化鈉混合物並收集Na-BIX/AR玻璃樣品, 然後使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在1 l〇°C之溫度 下,將Na-BIX/AR玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對Na-BIX/AR玻璃樣品進行第二次離子交換 (ΠΙΕΧ_2Π)處理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](Cl)2 製備3公升0.01 wt.%之鈀溶液用於離子交換("IEX-2溶液”)。 將42公克Na-BIX/AR玻璃加入IEX-2溶液中("玻璃/IEX-2混 合物")。量測玻璃/IEX-2混合物之pH值,得到之pH值約為 8.5。然後,將該混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口容器内。將 該容器置於100°C之通風烘箱内22小時,在22小時之加熱 過程中用手稍微搖晃幾次。IEX-2處理完成之後,使用帶 有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/IEX-2混合物並 收集IEX-2玻璃樣品,然後使用約7.6公升之稀氫氧化銨 (!^114011)溶液清洗。稀1^4011溶液係藉由將1〇公克之29.8 wt·。/。濃Νϋ4Οίϊ溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在110°C之溫度下,將ΙΕΧ-2玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第五步,對IEX-2玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中將樣品 在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及300C之溫度下還原4小 時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.015 wt·%之鈀 濃度。 藉由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 126437.doc -65. 200902146 圖1所示,結果表明,由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之 區域的厚度約為10奈米。 實例5 AR玻璃上之纪 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 理。在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛 及600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將90.03公 克經煅燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於90°C之通風烘箱内 兩小時,每1 5分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在110°C之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換(IEX)處 理。在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](OH)2製備 2000毫升0.1 wt.%之鈀溶液用於離子交換("IEX溶液”)。將 8 0.06公克AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混 合物")。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值,得到之pH值 約為10.6。然後,將混合物移入4000毫升之塑膠廣口容器 内。將該塑膠容器置於50°C之通風烘箱内72小時,每30分 126437.doc -66 - 200902146 鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 54 1濾、紙之布氏漏斗過遽玻璃/離子交換混合物, 並使用約7.6公升稀1^1140^1溶液清洗。稀]^114011溶液係藉 由將10公克之29.8 wt·%濃NH4OH溶液與約3.8公升去離子 水混合製備。然後,在11 (TC溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣 品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃進行還原處理,其中離子交換 玻璃在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及300°C溫度下還原4 小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.019 wt·%之鈀 濃度。 實例6 AR玻璃上之把 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 理。在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛 及600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將250公克 經煅燒之AR玻璃及3公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於1公升的 玻璃廣口容器内。將開口塑膠容器在科寧(Corning)加熱板 上加熱兩小時,使容器底部達到90-100°C之溫度,容器頂 部至少達到75°C之溫度,利用位於容器内幾個地方的熱電 126437.doc 67· 200902146 偶進行量測;因為在該處理過程中存在溶液蒸發,所以添 加5.5 wt·%之硝酸,使體積保持在3公升。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用200網目不鏽鋼篩網過濾樣品,並使用約丨5公升 去離子水清洗。然後,在l〇(TC之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣 品乾燥幾小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換(ΙΕχ)處 理。在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[pd(NH3h]⑴製備 2000毫升(M wt.%之鈀溶液用於離子交換("ΐΕχ溶液”)。將 80公克AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中("玻璃/離子交換混合 物)里測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值,得到之ρΗ值約 為9.4然後,將混合物移入4_毫升之塑膠廣口容器 内將-玄塑膠容器置於5〇 〇c的通風供箱内2小時每⑼分 鐘用手稍微搖晃-下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 5411紙之布氏漏斗過遽玻璃/離子交換混合物, 並使用約幾公升之麥雜义 去離子水h洗。然後,在11 0 °C溫度 下,將離子交換玻璃乾燥22小時。 下在氫氣流速為2 ^之氫氣氣氛及贿之溫度 下對離子交換麵進行4小時的還原。 濃:由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為ο。” μ·%之把 實例7 126437.doc -68- 200902146 AR玻璃上之銘 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約1 60公 克經煅燒之AR玻璃及12公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於15公 升的圓底燒瓶内,且使用不鏽鋼槳式攪拌機以300至500 rpm之速度在90°C下加熱的同時進行機械授拌兩小時。酸 浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1渡紙之布氏漏斗 過濾樣品,並使用約7.5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在11 0 °C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。然後藉由一次 性穿過小型錘碎機,將酸浸樣品磨製為精細粉末。 第三步,對經過磨製及酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交 換處理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2製 備1公升0.3 wt.%之鉑溶液用於離子交換ΓΙΕΧ溶液")。將 約1 58公克經過磨製及酸浸處理之AR玻璃加入離子交換溶 液中(”玻璃/離子交換混合物")。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物 之pH值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約29·8 wt·%之氫氧化 銨(NH4OH),將該混合物之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例 中,得到之pH值約為10.6)。然後,將該玻璃/離子交換混 合物移入4公升之燒杯中,在50 °C溫度下加熱兩小時,同 126437.doc -69- 200902146 時使用不鏽鋼槳式攪拌機以300至500 rpm的速度進行連續 機械攪拌。加熱一個小時之後,再次量測pH值,並根據需 要,再次使用約29.8 wt.%之NH4OH溶液將pH值調整至大 於10。在兩個小時的加熱過程完成之後,再次量測玻璃/離 子交換混合物之pH值,測得之pH值約為1 0.1。離子交換處 理完成之後,過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物,並使用帶有 Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,並 使用約7.6公升的稀NH4OH溶液清洗。稀NH4OH溶液係藉 由將10公克之29.8 wt.%濃NH4OH溶液與約3.8公升去離子 水混合製備。然後,在ll〇°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣 品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 交換樣品在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及300°C的溫度下 還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.0033 wt.%之鉑 濃度。 實例8 AR破璃上之銘 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 126437.doc -70- 200902146 第二步,對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約儿公 克經煅燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公升 之塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9〇t之通風烘箱内 兩小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在丨1(Γ(:之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](cl)2製備3公升 0.01 wt.%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(”ΙΕχ溶液")。將約Μ 公克經酸浸處理之AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離 子交換混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值。根 據需要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%之氫氧化銨(NH4〇h), 將該混合物之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到ipH 值約為10.6)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣 口容器。將該塑膠容器置於5(rc之通風烘箱内兩小時,每 3 〇为鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。加熱一個小時之後,再次量測 pH值’並根據需要,再次使用約29 8 wt %之nH4〇h溶液 將pH值調整至大於1〇。在兩個小時之加熱過程完成之後, 再次量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之?11值,得到2pH值約為 1〇_19。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有冒以加抓541濾 紙的布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物並收集離子交換_ 玻璃樣品’且使用約7·6公升之稀NH4〇h溶液清洗。稀 NH4〇H溶液係藉由將1〇公克之μ』wt.0/(^NH4〇H溶液與 126437.doc -71 - 200902146 約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然後,在110°C溫度下, 將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃進行還原處理,其中離子交換 玻璃在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及300°C溫度下還原4 小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.0032 wt.°/〇之鉑 濃度。 實例9 AR玻璃上之銘 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約30公 克經煅燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於90°C之通風烘箱内 兩小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在11 0°C之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2製備3公升 126437.doc -72- 200902146 0.01 wt.%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(”IEX溶液”)。將約9.8公 克經酸浸處理之AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子 交換混合物π)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值。根據 需要,連續逐滴添加約40 wt.%之氫氧化四丙基銨,將該 混合物之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之pH值約 為11.3 8)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口 容器。將該塑膠容器置於100 °C之通風烘箱内22小時,每 30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用 帶有Whatman 5 41濾、紙之布氏漏斗過渡玻璃/離子交換混合 物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約7.6公升之稀 NH4OH溶液清洗。稀NH4OH溶液係藉由將10公克29.8 wt.0/。濃Ν:Η4Οίί溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在11 〇°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,離子交換 玻璃在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及300°C溫度下還原4 小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.038 wt·%之鉑 濃度。 實例10 AR玻璃上之銘 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。 126437.doc -73· 200902146 在該處理中’ AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步’對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約30公 克經煅燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9〇。(:之通風烘箱内 2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後’使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在丨1(rc的溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用二氣四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](cl)2製備3公升 0.01 wt.%之鉑溶液用於離子交換("ΙΕχ溶液")。將約8 79 公克經酸浸處理之AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離 子交換混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之?11值。根 據需要,連續逐滴添加約29_8 wt.%之氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η), 將該混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到 值約為10.4)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升的塑膠廣 口容器。將該塑膠容器置於10(rc之通風烘箱内22小時:、The Whatman 5411 paper Buchner funnel is passed through a glass/ion exchange mixture and rinsed with deionized water using approximately 3 · 8 liters to ^, too % λ. Then, the ion exchange glass was dried at a temperature of 1 HTC for 22 hours. The fourth step is to reduce the ion exchange glass, ion exchange break 126437.doc • 61 - 200902146 First calcined in an air atmosphere with an air flow rate of 2 L / hr and a temperature of 300 ° C for 2 hours, then in hydrogen (H2 A hydrogen (H2) atmosphere at a flow rate of 2 L/hr and a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. The sample was analyzed by inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES) to give a concentration of about 0.016 wt.%. Sample analysis was carried out by XPS sputtering depth distribution method (described below). As shown in Fig. 1, the results showed that the thickness of the region where a large amount of palladium was detected by the method was about 10 nm. Example 2 Application on AR glass A sample of AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex, i.e., glass fibers having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns, was obtained and prepared according to the procedure of Example 1. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about 0.032 wt.%. Sample analysis was carried out by XPS sputtering depth distribution method (described below). As shown in Fig. 1, the results showed that the thickness of the region where a large amount of palladium was detected by the method was about 10 nm. Example 3 AR glazed glass A sample of AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns, was obtained. In the first step, the AR glass sample received as received is subjected to calcination heat 126437.doc -62- 200902146. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 6 °C. In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. 25 g of calcined AR glass and 3 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container at 60. (: Inside the ventilated oven - hour's shaking slightly by hand every 15 minutes. After the acid leaching process, filter the sample using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and rinse with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, 11 (The temperature of rc, the sample after acid leaching is dried for 22 hours. The third step is to carry out ion exchange treatment on the acid-impregnated AR glass. In this example, '4 〇 ml is prepared using di-halo-tetraamine palladium. 0.1 wt_% palladium solution for ion exchange ("ΙΕχ solution"). Add 4 g of ar glass to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measure the pH value of the glass/ion exchange mixture to obtain The 2ρΗ value was about 77. Then, the mixture was transferred into a 100 ml plastic wide-mouth container and placed in a ventilated oven at C for two hours and shaken slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, use Whatman with 54 丨 filter paper Buchner funnel filter glass / ion exchange mixture, and use about 3 · 8 liters of deionized water to clean. Then, at 11 (rc temperature, ion exchange glass samples Drying for 22 hours. In the fourth step, the ion exchange glass sample is subjected to reduction treatment, in which the ion parent glass is first simmered in an air atmosphere at an air flow rate of 2 L/hr and a temperature of 3 ° C for 2 hours, and then The hydrogen gas flow rate was 2 L/hr in a hydrogen atmosphere and at a temperature of 3 ° C for 4 hours. 126437.doc -63 - 200902146 Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about 0.0012 wt.%. Example 4 An AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD sample produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns, was obtained on the AR glass. The first step was to receive the AR as it is. The glass sample was subjected to calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 ° C. In the second step, the calcined AR glass was subjected to acid leaching treatment. Place about 50 grams of calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 90 ° C ventilated oven for two hours, every 30 minutes. Shake your hand a little. The acid leaching process is complete. Thereafter, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 11 ° C. The acid-impregnated AR glass is subjected to Na+-reverse ion exchange ("Na-BIX"). The acid leached sample from the second step is mixed with 4 liters of 3 mol/L sodium chloride (NaCl) solution. Mix ("glass/sodium chloride mixture"). The pH of the glass/NaC blend was measured. About 40 wt.% of tetrapropylammonium hydroxide was added dropwise as needed, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 10 (in the present example, the pH was about 11.0). The glass/gasified sodium mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The container was then placed in a ventilated oven at 126437.doc -64 - 200902146 50 °C for 4 hours with a slight shake of the hand every 30 minutes. After the Na-BIX treatment was completed, the glass/sodium chloride mixture was filtered using a Brinell funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and the Na-BIX/AR glass sample was collected and then washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the Na-BIX/AR glass sample was dried at a temperature of 1 l ° C for 22 hours. In the fourth step, a second ion exchange (ΠΙΕΧ_2Π) treatment was performed on the Na-BIX/AR glass sample. In this example, 3 liters of a 0.01 wt.% palladium solution was prepared for ion exchange ("IEX-2 solution" using dichlorotetramethylene palladium [Pd(NH3)4](Cl)2. 42 gram Na -BIX/AR glass is added to the IEX-2 solution ("glass/IEX-2 mixture"). The pH of the glass/IEX-2 mixture is measured to give a pH of about 8.5. Then, the mixture is transferred 4 liters of plastic wide-mouth container. Place the container in a ventilated oven at 100 ° C for 22 hours, shake it slightly by hand during 22 hours of heating. After IEX-2 treatment, use with Whatman 541 Filter paper Buchner funnel filter glass / IEX-2 mixture and collect IEX-2 glass sample, then use about 7.6 liters of dilute ammonium hydroxide (! ^ 114011) solution to clean. Rare 1 ^ 4011 solution by 1 gram The 29.8 wt···. concentrated 4Οίϊ solution was prepared by mixing with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ΙΕΧ-2 glass sample was dried at 110 ° C for 22 hours. Step 5, for IEX-2 glass The sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the sample was reduced in a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and a temperature of 300 C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded a palladium concentration of approximately 0.015 wt.%. Sample analysis was performed by XPS sputtering depth profile (described below), as shown in Figure 1, 126437.doc-65. 200902146, The results show that the thickness of the region where a large amount of palladium is detected by the method is about 10 nm. Example 5 The AR glass is obtained from the AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD sample produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex. , that is, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 μm. In the first step, the AR glass sample received as it is is subjected to a calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass is at an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and 600. Calcination at a temperature of ° C for 4 hours. In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. 90.03 g of calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% of nitric acid are each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth. Inside the container, place the plastic container in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for two hours, shake it slightly by hand every 15 minutes. After the acid leaching process, filter the sample using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper, and Use about 7.6 liters to go Ion water cleaning. The acid leached sample is then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 ° C. In the third step, the acid leached AR glass is subjected to ion exchange (IEX) treatment. In this example, Dihydrooxytetramine palladium [Pd(NH3)4](OH)2 was prepared in 2000 ml of a 0.1 wt.% palladium solution for ion exchange ("IEX solution"). Add 8 0.06 g of AR glass to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measure the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture to give a pH of about 10.6. Then, transfer the mixture to 4000 ml of plastic. In a wide-mouth container, place the plastic container in a ventilated oven at 50 ° C for 72 hours, shaking it slightly by hand every 30 minutes 126437.doc -66 - 200902146. After ion exchange treatment, use with Whatman 54 1 The filter and paper Buchner funnel was passed through a glass/ion exchange mixture and washed with a solution of about 7.6 liters of dilute 1^1140^1. The solution was diluted with 10 gram of 29.8 wt·% concentrated NH4OH solution. Prepare by mixing 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, dry the ion exchange glass sample for 22 hours at 11 °C. The fourth step is to reduce the ion exchange glass, where the ion exchange glass has a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr. The hydrogen atmosphere was reduced at 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about 0.019 wt·%. Example 6 The AR glass was obtained by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex. The AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD sample, which is a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample received as received is subjected to a calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass is produced. Calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere at an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and at a temperature of 600 ° C. In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment, 250 g of calcined AR glass and 3 liters of 5.5 wt. ·% of nitric acid is placed in a 1 liter glass wide-mouth container. The open plastic container is heated on a Corning hot plate for two hours to bring the bottom of the container to a temperature of 90-100 ° C. The top of the container is at least 75. The temperature of °C is measured by thermoelectricity 126437.doc 67· 200902146 located in several places in the container; since there is evaporation of the solution during the treatment, 5.5 wt% of nitric acid is added to keep the volume at 3 liters. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a 200 mesh stainless steel mesh and washed with about 5 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried for several hours at a temperature of TC. step, The acid-impregnated AR glass was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 2000 ml (pwt(NH3h)(1)) was used to prepare 2000 ml (M wt.% palladium solution for ion exchange ( "ΐΕχsolution"). Add 80 grams of AR glass to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture) to measure the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture to give a pH of about 9.4 and then transfer the mixture to 4 _ml of plastic wide-mouth container will be placed in a 5 〇〇c ventilation box for 2 hours (1) every minute (s) shaking slightly with the hand. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, a Buchner funnel glass/ion exchange mixture with Whatman 5411 paper was used, and washed with about several liters of grammatic deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass was dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 22 hours. The ion exchange surface was reduced for 4 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere with a hydrogen flow rate of 2 ^ and a bribe. Concentration: Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded approximately ο. Example of μ·% 7 126437.doc -68- 200902146 The glass on the AR glass obtained the AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD sample produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex, ie the average diameter is about 17 to 20 microns. Glass fiber. In the first step, the AR glass sample is subjected to a calcination heat treatment as it is. In this treatment, the AR glass is calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 ° C. The calcined AR glass was subjected to acid leaching treatment. About 1 60 g of calcined AR glass and 12 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were each placed in a 15 liter round bottom flask, and a stainless steel paddle mixer was used. Mechanical mixing was carried out for two hours while heating at 90 rpm at 90 ° C. After the acid leaching treatment, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 paper and washed with about 7.5 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 ° C. The acid immersion sample was then ground to a fine powder by passing through a small hammer mill at one time. Grinding and acid immersion AR glass Row ion exchange treatment. In this example, 1 liter of 0.3 wt.% platinum solution was prepared using platinum tetraamine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](Cl) 2 for ion exchange ruthenium solution "). 58 grams of ground and acid immersed AR glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). The pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured. About 29.8 wt% of ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH) was added dropwise as needed, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 10 (in the present example, the pH was obtained to be about 10.6). The glass/ion exchange mixture was then transferred to a 4 liter beaker and heated at 50 °C for two hours, using a stainless steel paddle mixer at 126437.doc -69-200902146 for continuous mechanical operation at 300 to 500 rpm. Stir. After heating for one hour, the pH was measured again and, as needed, the pH was adjusted to greater than 10 using about 29.8 wt.% NH4OH solution. After the two hour heating process was completed, the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture was again measured and the pH was measured to be about 1 0.1. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered, and the ion exchange-glass sample was collected using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper, and washed with about 7.6 liters of a dilute NH4OH solution. The dilute NH4OH solution was prepared by mixing 10 grams of a 29.8 wt.% concentrated NH4OH solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion-exchanged glass sample was dried at a temperature of 11 ° C for 22 hours. In the fourth step, the ion-exchanged glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the ion-exchanged sample was reduced in a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 0.0033 wt.%. Example 8 AR ray on the glass obtained from the Saint-Gobain Vetrotex AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD sample, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample is received as it is subjected to a calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. 126437.doc -70- 200902146 In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Each of the gram calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 9 〇 ventilated oven for two hours and shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.5 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid-impregnated sample is dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 丨1 (at a temperature of 3. The third step is an ion exchange treatment of the acid-impregnated AR glass. In this example, dichlorotetramine is used. Platinum [Pt(NH3)4](cl)2 was prepared to prepare 3 liters of 0.01 wt.% platinum solution for ion exchange ("ΙΕχ solution"). Add about Μg of acid-impregnated AR glass to the ion exchange solution. ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measure the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture. Add about 29.8 wt.% ammonium hydroxide (NH4〇h) dropwise as needed to adjust the pH of the mixture. To more than 10 (in this example, the ipH value is about 10.6). Move the glass/ion exchange mixture into a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 5 (rc ventilated oven for 2 hours, every 3 hours) 〇The bell is shaken slightly by hand. After heating for one hour, measure the pH again' and adjust the pH to more than 1 再次 using about 29 8 wt% of nH4〇h solution as needed. In two hours. After the heating process is completed, measure the glass/ion exchange mixture again. A value of 11 gives a pH of about 1 〇 19. After the ion exchange treatment is completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture is filtered using a Buchner funnel with a 541 filter paper and the ion exchange _ glass sample is collected and used about 7 · 6 liters of diluted NH4 〇 h solution. Dilute NH4 〇 H solution by using 1 〇 gram of μ 』 wt. 0 / (^ NH 4 〇 H solution and 126437.doc -71 - 200902146 about 3.8 liters of deionized water Prepared by mixing. Then, the ion exchange glass sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 ° C. In the fourth step, the ion exchange glass was subjected to reduction treatment, wherein the ion exchange glass was under a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and Reduction at 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of approximately 0.0032 wt. ° / 。. Example 9 The glass on the AR glass obtained the AR glass Cem- produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex FIL Anti-Crak TM HD sample, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample is subjected to a calcination heat treatment as it is. In this treatment, the AR glass has an air flow rate of 1 L/ Hr air atmosphere and 600 ° C Calcination at temperature for 4 hours. In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. About 30 g of calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% of nitric acid are each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for two hours, shaking it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching process, filter the sample using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper, and use about 7.5. Liter deionized water for cleaning. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 °C. In the third step, the acid-impregnated AR glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 3 liters of 126437.doc -72 - 200902146 0.01 wt.% platinum solution was prepared for ion exchange ("IEX solution") using tetrachlorotetramine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2. Approximately 9.8 grams of acid leached AR glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture π." The pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured. As needed, about 40 wt.% was added dropwise continuously. Tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, the pH of the mixture was adjusted to greater than 10 (in this example, the pH obtained was about 11.38). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 100 ° C for 22 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After ion exchange treatment, use a Buchner funnel transition glass/ion exchange mixture with Whatman 5 41 filter, paper and collect. Ion exchange-glass samples were washed with approximately 7.6 liters of dilute NH4OH solution prepared by mixing 10 gram of 29.8 wt.0/. The ion-exchanged glass sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 11 ° C. In the fourth step, the ion-exchanged glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment, and the ion-exchanged glass was subjected to a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr. Reduction at 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of approximately 0.038 wt·%. Example 10 The glass on the AR glass was obtained from the Saint-Gobain Vetrotex AR glass Cem-FIL Anti -Crak TM HD sample, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample is subjected to a calcination heat treatment as it is. 126437.doc -73· 200902146 In this treatment, 'AR glass is in the air. The air atmosphere at a flow rate of 1 L/hr and calcination at a temperature of 600 ° C for 4 hours. The second step 'acid-dipped the calcined AR glass. About 30 g of calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt· The % nitric acid is placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container at 9 〇. (: 2 hours in a ventilated oven, shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment is completed) The Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper was used to filter the sample and rinse with about 7.5 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried for 22 hours at rc1 (the temperature of rc. The third step, the acid leaching Treated AR glass for ionization Exchange treatment. In this example, 3 liters of 0.01 wt.% platinum solution was prepared for ion exchange ("ΙΕχsolution") using dioxetamine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](cl)2. 8 79 g of acid-impregnated AR glass is added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Is the glass/ion exchange mixture measured? 11 values. About 29-8 wt% of ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇Η) was added dropwise as needed, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 1 Torr (in this example, a value of about 10.4 was obtained). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 10 (rc ventilated oven for 22 hours:
後,在110°C溫度下, 約3·8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 126437.doc •74· 200902146 第四步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 交換玻璃在氫氣流速為2 L/hr的氫氣氣氛及300°C溫度下還 原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.022 wt.%之鉑 濃度。 實例11 AR玻璃上之銘 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL - Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行烺燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約30公 克經煅燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於90°C的通風烘箱内 2小時,每30分鐘用手梢微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 541遽紙之布氏漏斗過渡樣品,並 使用約7·5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在110°C之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用六水合硝酸鈷(II) Co(N03)2’6H20製備1 公升0.1 wt.%之鈷溶液用於離子交換("IEX溶液”)。在艾氏 (Erlenmeyer)燒瓶内形成N2氣泡通過1公升去離子水30分 126437.doc -75- 200902146 鐘,製備離子交換溶液,儘量將所存在的空氣量减到最 少,以免鈷在添加後改變氧化態。然後將六水合硝酸鈷加 入經A淨化之去離子水中。量測離子交換溶液之1)11值。根 據需要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt_%之氫氧化銨(NH4〇h), 將該混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到ipH 值約為10.2)。然後,將離子交換溶液移入i公升的塑膠廣 口容器中。將約20公克經酸浸處理之八尺玻璃加入離子交 換溶液中("玻璃/離子交換混合物”)中。將該塑膠容器置於 5〇°C之通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。 離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物。收集母液並量測口11值 (在本實例中,pH值約為9.70)。然後使用約6公升之稀 ΝΗβΗ溶液清洗經過濾的玻璃。稀NH4〇H溶液係藉由將1〇 公克之濃29.8 wt.% NH4〇H溶液與約3.8公升之去離子水混 合而製備。然後,在liot溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品 乾燥1 6小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析’得到約為0 64 wt·%之敍濃 度。 實例12 AR玻璃上之始Thereafter, it was prepared by mixing about 3·8 liters of deionized water at a temperature of 110 °C. The ion exchange glass samples were dried for 22 hours. 126437.doc •74· 200902146 In the fourth step, the ion-exchanged glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the ion-exchanged glass was subjected to a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 0.022 wt.%. Example 11 On the glass of AR Glass An AR glass Cem-FIL - Anti-Crak TM HD sample produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex was obtained, i.e., a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 μm. In the first step, the AR glass sample is received as it is subjected to a heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 30 grams of calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for 2 hours, and the hand tip was shaken slightly every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, a Buchner funnel transition sample with Whatman 541 crepe paper was used and washed with about 7.5 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 °C. In the third step, the acid-impregnated AR glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 1 liter of a 0.1 wt.% cobalt solution was prepared for ion exchange ("IEX solution) using cobalt(II) nitrate hexahydrate Co(N03)2'6H20. In an Erlenmeyer flask Form N2 bubbles through 1 liter of deionized water 30 minutes 126437.doc -75- 200902146 clocks, prepare ion exchange solution, try to minimize the amount of air present, so as to avoid the change of oxidation state of cobalt after addition. Then hexahydrate hexahydrate Cobalt is added to deionized water purified by A. Measure the value of 1) 11 of the ion exchange solution. Add about 29.8 wt% ammonium hydroxide (NH4〇h) continuously as needed, and adjust the pH of the mixture to More than 1 〇 (in this example, the ipH value is about 10.2). Then, the ion exchange solution is transferred into an i liter plastic wide-mouth container. About 20 grams of acid-impregnated eight-foot glass is added to the ion exchange solution. ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 5 ° C for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper. The mother liquor was collected and the port 11 value was measured (in this example, the pH was about 9.70). The filtered glass is then washed with about 6 liters of a dilute ΝΗβΗ solution. The dilute NH4〇H solution was prepared by mixing 1 gram of a concentrated 29.8 wt.% NH4〇H solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. The ion exchange glass samples were then dried for 16 hours at a temperature of liot. A sample analysis by ICP-AES' yielded a concentration of about 0 64 wt.%. Example 12 The beginning of AR glass
獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FILAcquired AR glass by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex Cem-FIL
Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。 126437.doc •76- 200902146 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為i L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經過煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約3〇 公克經锻燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公 升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9(rc之通風烘箱 内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃—下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在丨丨〇 t之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用六水合硝酸鈷(II) c〇(N〇3)2.6H2〇製備工 公升0.1 wt·%的鈷溶液用於離子交換("ΙΕχ溶液”)。在艾氏 燒瓶内藉由形成Ν2氣泡通過1公升去離子水3〇分鐘,製備 離子交換溶液,儘量將所存在之空氣量减到最少,以免鈷 在添加後改變氧化態。然後將六水合硝酸鈷加入經沁淨化 的去離子水中。量測離子交換溶液之{)11值。根據需要,連 績逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%之氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η),將該混合物 之pH值調整至大於ι〇(在本實例中,得到之pH值約為 1 〇.24)。然後,將離子交換溶液移入1公升之塑膠廣口容器 中。將約20公克經酸浸處理之ar玻璃加入離子交換溶液 中(”玻璃/離子交換混合物")。將該塑膠容器置於5〇〇c之通 風供箱内45分鐘,25分鐘後用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換 處理完成之後’使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏漏斗過 濾玻璃/離子交換混合物。收集母液並量測pH值(在本實例 126437.doc -77· 200902146 中,pH值約為9.88)。然後使用約6公升的稀NH4OH溶液清 洗經過濾之玻璃。稀NH4OH溶液係藉由將10公克之29.8 wt.%濃ΝΙί4ΟΙί溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在110°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥17小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,產生約為0.15 wt.%之鈷濃 度。 實例13 AR玻璃上之鎮 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約30公 克經煅燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於90°C的通風烘箱内 兩小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在110°C之温度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,用偏鎢酸銨(NH4)6H2W12O40 · ηΗ20製備3公 升0.05 wt.%的鎢溶液用於離子交換("IEX溶液”)。將約 126437.doc •78- 200902146 2么克經酸浸處理之AR破璃加人離子交換溶液中("玻Anti-CrakTM HD samples, i.e., glass fibers having an average diameter of about 17 to 2 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample is received as it is subjected to a calcination heat treatment. 126437.doc •76- 200902146 In this treatment, AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of i L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 3 ounces of calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 9 (rc ventilated oven for 2 hours, shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching process, filter the sample using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and use about 7.5 liters. The ion-washed water is washed. Then, the acid-impregnated sample is dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 丨丨〇t. In the second step, the acid-impregnated AR glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, six are used. Hydrated cobalt nitrate (II) c〇(N〇3)2.6H2〇 Preparation of 0.1 wt·% cobalt solution for ion exchange ("ΙΕχsolution"). Formation of Ν2 bubbles in the Ehrlich flask Liter deionized water for 3 minutes, prepare ion exchange solution, try to minimize the amount of air present, so as to avoid the change of oxidation state of cobalt after addition. Then add cobalt nitrate hexahydrate to deionized water purified by hydrazine. {) 11 value of the ion exchange solution. Add about 29.8 wt.% ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇Η) dropwise as needed, and adjust the pH of the mixture to be greater than ι (in this example, The pH is about 1 〇.24). Then The ion exchange solution was transferred to a 1 liter plastic wide-mouth container. About 20 grams of the acid-impregnated ar glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Place the plastic container in a 5 〇〇c air supply box for 45 minutes, and shake it slightly by hand after 25 minutes. After completion of the ion exchange treatment, a Buchner funnel filter glass/ion exchange mixture with Whatman 54 1 filter paper was used. The mother liquor was collected and the pH was measured (in this example 126437.doc -77. 200902146, the pH was about 9.88). The filtered glass was then cleaned using about 6 liters of dilute NH4OH solution. The dilute NH4OH solution was prepared by mixing 10 grams of a 29.8 wt.% concentrated ΝΙ4 ί solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. The ion exchange glass samples were then dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 17 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded a cobalt concentration of about 0.15 wt.%. Example 13 Town on AR glass A sample of AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns, was obtained. In the first step, the AR glass sample is received as it is subjected to a calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 30 grams of calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for two hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper and washed with about 7.5 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 °C. In the third step, the acid-impregnated AR glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 3 liters of 0.05 wt.% tungsten solution was prepared using ammonium metatungstate (NH4)6H2W12O40 · η Η 20 for ion exchange ("IEX solution). Will be about 126437.doc •78- 200902146 2 gram Acid-leached AR broken glass plus human ion exchange solution ("glass
=離子交換混合物")。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH 值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約29 8 wt%之氫氧化錢 (NH4〇H),將該玻璃/離子交換混合物之PH值調整至8。缺 後將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口容器中。 將該塑膠容器置於5()t的通風供箱内2小時,㈣分鐘用 手梢微搖晃-下。在兩小時之加熱過程結束時,使用帶有= ion exchange mixture "). The pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured. About 29 8 wt% of hydrogen hydroxide (NH 4 〇 H) was added dropwise as needed, and the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture was adjusted to 8. After the absence, the glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 5 () t ventilated box for 2 hours, and (4 minutes) shake it slightly with the hand tip. At the end of the two-hour heating process, use
Whatman 541遽紙之布氏漏斗過遽玻璃/離子交換混合物並 收集離子交換-玻璃樣品’且使用約5公升的去離子水清 洗、然後’在uot溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22 小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃進行煅燒處理,其中離子交換 玻璃在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及5〇〇r溫度下煅燒4 小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,預期得到約為〇 〇1以.%之 鶴濃度。 A玻璃基質之觸媒組合物 實例14 A-06F玻璃上之銘 獲仔由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 首先’對於按原樣接收、未經锻燒之A-06F玻璃樣品進 行酸浸處理。將約21公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之辅 酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於 126437.doc -79· 200902146 90°C之通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。 酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾、紙之布氏漏 斗過濾'樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在 110°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處The Whatman 541 crepe Buchner funnel was passed through the glass/ion exchange mixture and the ion exchange-glass sample was collected and washed with about 5 liters of deionized water and then the ion exchange glass samples were dried for 22 hours at uot temperature. In the fourth step, the ion-exchanged glass was subjected to calcination treatment, in which the ion-exchanged glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 2 L/hr and a temperature of 5 Torr. Sample analysis by ICP-AES is expected to yield a crane concentration of about 〇1. A glass matrix catalyst composition Example 14 A-06F glass on the A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm. First, the A-06F glass sample received as received and not calcined was subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 21 grams of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% of the auxiliary acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 126437.doc -79.200902146 90 °C for 2 hours, shaking it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Brinell filter with Whatman 54 1 filter, paper, and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 22 hours. In the second step, the ion exchanged A-06F glass is ion exchanged.
理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](cl)2製備1公 升0.01 wt_°/。的鉑溶液用於離子交換(ι,ΙΕχ溶液”)。將2〇公 克A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混合 物")。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之ρΗ值。根據需要,連 續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%之氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η),將該混合物 之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之阳值約為 11.1)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入2公升的塑膠廣口容器 中。將該谷器置於1〇〇。〇之通風烘箱内23小時。在23小時 之加熱過程中搖晃幾h離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶 有Whatman 54 lj慮紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物 並收集離子交換·玻璃樣品,且使關7.6公升之稀NH4〇H 溶液清洗。稀nh4〇h溶液係藉由將1〇公克之29』败%濃 NH4〇H溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然後,在 110u度下’將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步’對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 父換樣品在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3帆的溫度下 還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析 度。 產生約為0.96 wt.%之鉑濃 126437.doc 200902146 實例15 A-06F玻璃上之把 獲仔由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直經約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 首先’對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之A-06F玻璃樣品進 行酸浸處理。將約50公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之确 酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於 90°C的通風烘箱内2小時,每3〇分鐘用手稍微搖晃—下。 酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541渡紙之布氏漏 斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在 11 0 C的溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步’對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃樣品進行離子交換 處理。在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2製 備3毫升0.001 wt.°/。的鈀溶液用於離子交換("ΙΕχ溶液,,)。 將約10公克A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中("玻璃/離子交 換混合物")。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值。根據需 要’連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.°/〇之氫氧化銨(NH4OH),將該 混合物之pH值調整至大於1 〇(在本實例中,得到之pH值約 為10.5)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升的塑膠廣口容 器中。將該塑膠容器置於50。(:之通風烘箱内兩小時,每3〇 分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶 有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物 且獲得遽餅’將其與約3公升稀NH4〇H溶液重新混合然後 再次過濾。重複兩次重新混合/過濾之步驟。稀NH4〇h溶 126437.doc -81 - 200902146 液係藉由將10公克之29_8 wt·%濃NH4〇H溶液與約38公升 去離子水混合而製備。然後,在11〇ts度下將離子交 換玻璃樣品乾燥2 2小時。 第二步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理其中離子 交換-玻璃樣品在氫氣(HO流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3〇〇t 的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇62 wt %之鈀 濃度。 實例16 A-06F玻璃上之把 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 首先’對於按原樣接收、未經锻燒之A - 〇 6 F玻璃樣品進 行酸浸處理。將約51公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝 酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於 90°C之通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。 酸浸處理完成之後’使用帶有Whatman 541遽紙之布氏漏 斗過滤、樣品,並使用約7 _ 6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在 1 l〇°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行Na+-反離子交 換("Na-ΒΙΧ")處理。將來自第一步中的經酸浸之樣品與4 公升3 mol/L氯化鈉(NaCl)溶液混合("玻璃/氯化鈉混合 物")。量測玻璃/NaCH混合物之pH值。根據需要,連續逐 滴添加約40 wt·%之氫氧化四丙基銨,將玻璃/NaCl混合物 126437.doc •82- 200902146 之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之pH值約為 10.9)。將玻璃/氯化鈉混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口容器 中。隨後將塑膠容器置於50°C之通風烘箱内4小時,每30 分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。Na-BIX處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 541遽紙之布氏漏斗過濾、玻璃/氯化納混合物並收 集Na-BIX/A-06F樣品,且使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。 然後,在ll〇°C之溫度下,將Na-BIX/A-06F玻璃樣品乾燥 22小時。 第三步,對Na-BIX/A-06F玻璃樣品進行第二次離子交換 ("IEX-2")處理。在本實例中,使用二氣四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](Cl)2 製備1公升0.01 wt.%之鈀溶液用於離子交換(πΙΕΧ-2溶液’')。 將35公克A-0 6F玻璃加入IEX-2溶液中(”玻璃/IEX-2混合 物”)。量測玻璃/IEX-2混合物之pH值,得到之pH值約為 8.5。將玻璃AEX-2混合物移入2公升之塑膠廣口容器。將 該塑膠容器置於50°C之通風烘箱内4小時,每30分鐘用手 稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/IEX-2混合物並收集IEX-2玻 璃樣品,且使用約7.6公升之稀氫氧化銨溶液清洗。稀 NH4OH溶液係藉由將10公克之29.8 wt.°/〇濃NH4OH溶液與 約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然後,在110°C的溫度 下,將ion-x2樣品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對IEX-2玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中樣品在 氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氳氣氣氛及300 °C之溫度下還原4小 時。 126437.doc -83 - 200902146 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇9 wt %之鈀濃 度。 藉由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖2所示,結果表明由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之區 域的厚度約為15奈米。 實例17 A-06F玻璃上之趣 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對A-06F玻璃纖維進行離子交換處理。在本實 例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2製備2公升〇 〇〇1 wt_%之鈀溶液用於離子交換("ΙΕχ溶液"卜將約54公克Α· 06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混合物”)。 量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之ρΗ值。根據需要,連續逐滴 添加約29.8 wt·%的氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η),將該混合物ipH值 调整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到2ρΗ值約為1〇1)。將玻 璃/離子交換混合物移入4升之玻璃容器中,且置於加熱板 上。將容器於59°C之烘箱内機械攪拌2小時。離子交換處 理元成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙的布氏漏斗過濾 玻璃/離子交換混合物,且獲得濾餅,將其與約3公升稀 4 Η ’谷液重新合然後再次過遽。重複兩次重新混合/ 過濾之步驟。稀NH4〇H溶液係藉由將10公克之29 8 wt %濃 NH4〇H溶液與約3 8公升去離子水混合而製備。然後,在 100 C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 126437.doc -84 - 200902146 第二步’對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 父換-玻璃樣品在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氳氣氣氛及3〇〇。〇之 溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇35 wt %之鈀 濃度。 精由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖2所示,結果表明由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之區 域的厚度約為15奈米。 實例18 A-06F破璃上之免 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第步,對於按原樣接收、未經锻燒之A-06F玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約50公克A_〇6F玻璃及4公升55糾.% = 硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置 於9(TC的通風烘箱内2小時,每3〇分鐘用手稍微搖晃— 下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有—⑷濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然 後,在iio°c的溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之^〇砰玻璃樣品進行離子交換 處理。在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀製 備3公升0.001 wt.%之鈀溶液用於離子交換(,,ΐΕχ溶液")。將 10公克A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混 合物")。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之?11值。根據需要此 126437.doc •85· 200902146 連續逐滴添加約29.8 wi.%的氫氧化銨(nh4〇h),將該混合 物之PH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到之?11值約為 10.5)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口容 器。將該塑膠容器置於聊的通風烘箱内兩小時,每对 鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 541遽紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物且 獲得濾餅,將其與約3公升稀NH4〇H溶液重新混合然後再 次過濾。重複兩二欠重新混合/過遽的步驟。稀nh4〇h溶液 係藉由將10公克之29.8 wt·%濃NH4〇h溶液與約3 8公升去 離子水混合而製備。然後,在i 1〇〇c溫度下,將離子交換 玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其十離子 交換玻璃先在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及3〇〇t的溫度 下锻燒2小時’然後在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣旧2)氣氛及 300°C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇59 wt %之把 濃度。 藉由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖2所示’結果表明由該方法所偵測到之大量把存在之區 域的厚度約為15奈米。 實例19 A-06F玻璃上之把 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直斤約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 126437.doc • 86 - 200902146 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經烺燒之A-06F破璃樣0 進行酸浸處理。將約8.43公克的A-06F玻璃及公升5 5 wt.°/〇之硝酸各自置於2公升的玻璃燒杯内且使用不鏽鋼樂 式攪拌機以300至500 rpm的速度在22°C下機械授摔3〇分 鐘。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541遽紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品’並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然 後’在110°C之溫度下’將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步’對經酸浸處理之A_〇6F玻璃樣品進行離子交換 處理。在本實例中’使用二氫氧四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2製 備500毫升0.01 wt_%的鈀溶液用於離子交換("ΙΕχ溶液")。 將4_2公克A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換 混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之卩只值。根據需 要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%的氫氧化銨(Νη4〇η),將該 混合物之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之ρΗ值約 為10.2)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入丨公升的燒杯中,在 50。。溫度下攪拌2小時。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶 有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合 物’並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然、後,在u(rc溫度 下’將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步’對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 交換玻璃先在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及赋的溫度 下煅燒2小時,然後在氫氣流速為2 [’匕之氫氣㈣氣氛及 300°C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 57之把濃 126437.doc <87- 200902146 度。 實例20 A-06F玻璃上之麵 獲得由 Lauscha Fiber International生產 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 平均直徑約為Reason. In the present example, 1 liter of 0.01 wt_°/ was prepared using tetrachlorotetramine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](cl)2. The platinum solution was used for ion exchange (ι, ΙΕχ solution). 2 〇g of A-06F glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). The pH value of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured. As needed, about 29.8 wt.% of ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇Η) was added dropwise, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 10 (in this example, the positive value was about 11.1). Transfer the glass/ion exchange mixture into a 2 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the barn at 1 inch. 23 hours in a ventilated oven. After shaking for a few hours of ion exchange for a period of 23 hours, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 lj paper and the ion exchange glass samples were collected and the 7.6 liters of dilute NH4 was shut off. 〇H solution is cleaned. The dilute nh4〇h solution was prepared by mixing 1 gram of 29 Å % concentrated NH 4 〇 H solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. The ion exchange glass samples were then dried at 110 u degrees for 22 hours. The third step was to carry out a reduction treatment on the ion-exchanged glass sample in which the ion-parent exchanged sample was reduced for 4 hours at a hydrogen atmosphere having a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and a temperature of 3 sails. Sample analysis was performed by ICP-AES. A platinum concentration of approximately 0.96 wt.% was produced. 126437.doc 200902146 Example 15 A-06F glass was obtained from Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm A-06F glass fiber. First, the A-06F glass sample which was received as it was and which was not calcined was subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 50 grams of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% of the acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for 2 hours, and shaken slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Brinell flask with Whatman 541 paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 11 0 C. The second step was an ion exchange treatment of the acid leached A-06F glass sample. In the present example, 3 ml of 0.001 wt. ° / was prepared using dihydrooxytetraamine palladium [Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2. The palladium solution was used for ion exchange ("ΙΕχ solution,,). Approximately 10 grams of A-06F glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). The pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to greater than 1 Torr (in this example, the pH was about 10.5), as needed, by continuously adding about 29.8 wt. ° / Torr of ammonium hydroxide (NH 4 OH) dropwise. The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container at 50. (:In a ventilated oven for two hours, shake it slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment is completed, filter the glass/ion exchange mixture using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper and obtain a crepe cake' Approximately 3 liters of dilute NH4〇H solution was remixed and then filtered again. Repeat the two steps of remixing/filtering. Dilute NH4〇h dissolve 126437.doc -81 - 200902146 Liquid system by 10 g of 29_8 wt·% concentrated NH4 The 〇H solution was prepared by mixing with about 38 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample was dried at 11 〇ts for 22 hours. In the second step, the ion exchange glass sample was subjected to reduction treatment in which the ion exchange-glass sample was Reduction was carried out for 4 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere (HO flow rate of 2 L/hr hydrogen atmosphere and 3 Torr). Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about 62 wt%. Example 16 A- The 06F glass was obtained from A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm. First of all, the acid immersion was performed on the A- 〇6 F glass sample received as received and not calcined. At Place approximately 51 grams of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 90 ° C ventilated oven for 2 hours, every 30 minutes. Shake it slightly. After the acid leaching process is completed, use a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 crepe paper to filter, sample, and rinse with about 7 -6 liters of deionized water. Then, at a temperature of 1 l ° ° C, The acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours. In the second step, the acid leached A-06F glass was subjected to Na+-reverse ion exchange ("Na-ΒΙΧ") treatment. The acid leaching from the first step Mix the sample with 4 liters of 3 mol/L sodium chloride (NaCl) solution ("glass/sodium chloride mixture"). Measure the pH of the glass/NaCH mixture. Add about 40 wt% as needed. • % tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, adjusting the pH of the glass/NaCl mixture 126437.doc • 82- 200902146 to greater than 10 (in this example, the pH obtained is approximately 10.9). Glass/sodium chloride The mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was then placed at 50 ° C for air drying. Shake it by hand for 4 hours every 4 hours. After Na-BIX treatment, filter with a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 crepe paper, glass/chloride mixture and collect Na-BIX/A-06F samples. And use about 7.6 liters of deionized water for cleaning. Then, the Na-BIX/A-06F glass sample was dried at a temperature of 11 ° C for 22 hours. In the third step, a second ion exchange ("IEX-2") treatment was performed on the Na-BIX/A-06F glass sample. In the present example, 1 liter of a 0.01 wt.% palladium solution was prepared for ion exchange (πΙΕΧ-2 solution '') using dioxetamine palladium [Pd(NH3)4](Cl)2. 35 grams of A-0 6F glass was added to the IEX-2 solution ("glass/IEX-2 mixture"). The pH of the glass/IEX-2 mixture was measured to give a pH of about 8.5. The glass AEX-2 mixture was transferred to a 2 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 50 ° C for 4 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/IEX-2 mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and the IEX-2 glass sample was collected and washed with a solution of about 7.6 liters of dilute ammonium hydroxide. The dilute NH4OH solution was prepared by mixing 10 grams of a 29.8 wt. ° / 〇 concentrated NH 4 OH solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion-x2 sample was dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 22 hours. In the fourth step, the IEX-2 glass sample was subjected to reduction treatment, in which the sample was reduced in a helium atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. 126437.doc -83 - 200902146 Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded a palladium concentration of approximately 〇 9 wt %. Sample analysis was carried out by XPS sputtering depth distribution method (described below), as shown in Fig. 2, and the results showed that the thickness of the region where a large amount of palladium was detected by the method was about 15 nm. Example 17 Fun on A-06F Glass A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm was obtained. In the first step, the A-06F glass fiber was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 2 liters of 〇〇〇1 wt% palladium solution was prepared for ion exchange using dihydrooxytetraamine palladium [Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2 ("ΙΕχsolution" 54 g of Α·06F glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measure the pH value of the glass/ion exchange mixture. Add about 29.8 wt.% ammonium hydroxide continuously as needed (ΝΗ4 〇Η), the ipH value of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 1 〇 (in this example, a 2ρ Η value of about 1 〇 1 was obtained.) The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred into a 4 liter glass vessel and placed on a hot plate. The vessel was mechanically stirred in an oven at 59 ° C for 2 hours. After ion exchange treatment, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper, and a filter cake was obtained, which was approximately 3 liters. Dilute 4 Η 'The solution is re-mixed and then smashed again. Repeat the two steps of re-mixing/filtering. The diluted NH4 〇H solution is made by adding 10 grams of 29 8 wt% concentrated NH4 〇H solution to about 38 liters. Prepared by mixing ionic water. Then, at 100 C, ion exchange The glass sample was dried for 22 hours. 126437.doc -84 - 200902146 The second step was to reduce the ion exchange glass sample, where the ion parent-glass sample was at a helium atmosphere with a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and 3 Torr. The temperature was reduced for 4 hours at a temperature of 〇. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about wt35 wt%. The sample was analyzed by XPS sputtering depth distribution method (described below), as shown in Fig. 2. The results show that the thickness of the region where a large amount of palladium is detected by the method is about 15 nm. Example 18 The A-06F glass is produced by Lauscha Fiber International, and the average diameter is about 500-600 nm. A-06F glass fiber. In the first step, the A-06F glass sample received as received and not calcined is subjected to acid leaching treatment. About 50 grams of A_〇6F glass and 4 liters of 55 correction.% = nitric acid Place in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 9 (TC ventilated oven for 2 hours, shake it slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After acid leaching, use - (4) filter paper The Buchner funnel filters the sample and uses 7.6 liters of deionized water was washed. Then, the acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours at iio ° C. In the second step, the acid leached glass sample was subjected to ion exchange treatment. Prepare 3 liters of a 0.001 wt.% palladium solution for ion exchange (, hydrazine solution) using palladium dihydrooxytetramine. Add 10 gram of A-06F glass to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange Mixture "). Measuring glass/ion exchange mixture? 11 values. According to the need, this 126437.doc •85· 200902146 continuously added about 29.8 wi.% ammonium hydroxide (nh4〇h), and adjusted the pH of the mixture to more than 1 〇 (in this example, it is obtained? The value is approximately 10.5). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide mouthpiece. Place the plastic container in a ventilated oven for two hours, shaking each hand slightly with a hand. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 crepe paper and a filter cake was obtained, which was remixed with about 3 liters of dilute NH4 〇H solution and then filtered again. Repeat the steps of re-mixing/over-twisting. The dilute nh4〇h solution was prepared by mixing 10 g of a 29.8 wt.% concentrated NH4〇h solution with about 38 liters of deionized water. The ion exchange glass samples were then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of i 1 〇〇c. In the third step, the ion exchange glass sample is subjected to reduction treatment, and the ten ion exchange glass is first calcined in an air atmosphere at an air flow rate of 2 L/hr and a temperature of 3 Torr for 2 hours' and then at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L. /hr of hydrogen old 2) atmosphere and reduction at 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a concentration of about 59 wt%. Sample analysis was carried out by XPS sputtering depth profile (described below), as shown in Figure 2, which showed that the thickness of the region present by the method was approximately 15 nm. Example 19 A-06F glass-on-glass A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average weight of about 500-600 nm was obtained. 126437.doc • 86 - 200902146 The first step is to carry out acid leaching on the A-06F glass sample 0 that has been received as received and not burnt. Approximately 8.43 grams of A-06F glass and liters of 5 5 wt. ° / 〇 of nitric acid were placed in a 2 liter glass beaker and mechanically dropped at 22 ° C using a stainless steel mixer at 300 to 500 rpm. 3 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 crepe paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 22 hours. In the second step, the acid-impregnated A_〇6F glass sample was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In the present example, 500 ml of a 0.01 wt% palladium solution was prepared using ion dihydrooxytetraamine palladium [Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2 for ion exchange ("ΙΕχsolution"). 4_2 grams of A-06F glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). The value of the glass/ion exchange mixture is measured only. About 29.8 wt.% of ammonium hydroxide (Νη4〇η) was added dropwise as needed, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 10 (in the present example, the obtained pΗ value was about 10.2). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a liter liter beaker at 50. . Stir at temperature for 2 hours. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample is dried for 22 hours at u (rc temperature. The third step is to reduce the ion exchange glass sample, wherein the ion exchange glass is first placed in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 2 L/hr and The calcination was carried out for 2 hours at a temperature of 2 hours, and then reduced at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 ['hydrogen (4) atmosphere and at a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a concentration of about 12657 .doc <87- 200902146 degrees. Example 20 A-06F glass was obtained from Lauscha Fiber International to produce 500-600 nm A-06F glass fibers.
首先’對於按原樣接收、未經锻燒之A-06F玻璃樣品進 行酸浸處理。將約30公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝 酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於 90°C之通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃—下。 酸浸處理完成之後’使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏 斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在 110 C之溫度下’將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步’對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處 理在本實例中,使用一氣四胺翻[Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2製備3公 升0.01 wt.%的鉑溶液用於離子交換("ΙΕχ溶液")。將151公First, the A-06F glass sample received as received and not calcined was subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 30 grams of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt% of nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for 2 hours, and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Brinell flask with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried at a temperature of 110 C for 22 hours. Step 2 'Ion exchange treatment of acid-leached A-06F glass. In this example, 3 liters of 0.01 wt.% platinum solution was prepared using one gas tetraamine [Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2. For ion exchange ("ΙΕχsolution"). Will be 151
克經酸浸之A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中("玻璃/離子交 換混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之ρΗ值。根據需 要’連續逐滴添加約29,8 wt.%之氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η),將該 混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到之阳值約 為10.07)。將玻璃/離子交捺,'日 丁又換mu合物移入4公升的塑膠廣口 容器。將該塑膠容器置於5(rr + 1 、3〇C之通風烘箱内兩小時。每30 分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下容器 用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏 合物並收集離子交換-破璃樣σ 離子交換處理完成之後,使 斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混 且使用約7.6公升之稀 126437.doc •88· 200902146 NH4〇H溶液清洗。稀NH4〇H溶液係藉由將1〇公克的298 wt.%濃NH4〇H溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在110°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第一步,對離子父換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中將樣 品在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及30(rc的溫度下還原4 小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇.33 wt %之鉑濃 度。 fThe acid-impregnated A-06F glass is added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measure the pH value of the glass/ion exchange mixture. Add about 29,8 wt.% continuously as needed. Ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇Η), the pH of the mixture is adjusted to be greater than 1 〇 (in this example, the positive value is about 10.07). The glass/ion is exchanged, and the dicing is changed again. Transfer the material into a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 5 (rr + 1 , 3 ° C ventilated oven for two hours. Shake the container slightly by hand every 30 minutes with Brinell with Whatman 541 filter paper. After leaking the compound and collecting the ion exchange-glass σ ion exchange treatment, the filter glass/ion exchange is mixed and cleaned with a solution of about 7.6 liters of 126437.doc •88· 200902146 NH4〇H. Dilute NH4〇H The solution was prepared by mixing 1 gram of a 298 wt.% concentrated NH4 〇H solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample was dried at 110 ° C for 22 hours. , the ion parent glass sample is subjected to reduction treatment, wherein the sample is sampled The product was reduced in a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 30 (rc) for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 3333 wt%.
實例21 A-06F破璃上之始 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之A-06F$璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約3〇公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之 琐酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置 於90 C的通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一 下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有whatman 541濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品’並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然 後’在110°C之溫度下’將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第一步’對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中’使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2製備3公 升0.01 wt·%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(ι,ΙΕΧ溶液”)。將93公 克經酸浸之A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交 換混合物")。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之ρΗ值。根據需 126437.doc -89· 200902146 要’連續逐滴添加約4 0 wt. %的氮氧化四丙基敍’將該混 合物之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之pH值約為 11.07)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升的塑膠廣口容 器中。將該塑膠容器置於100 °C之通風烘箱内22小時。每 30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下容器。離子交換處理完成之後, 使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換 混合物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約7.6公升之稀 NH4OH溶液清洗。稀NH4OH溶液係藉由將10公克之29.8 wt·%濃Ν:Η4ΟΗ溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在ll〇°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中將樣 品在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及300°C的溫度下還原4 小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.59 wt·%之鉑濃 度。 實例22 A-06F玻璃上之銘 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之A-06F玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將30公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之硝 酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於 90 °C的通風烘箱内2小時,且每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一 下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布 126437.doc -90- 200902146 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然 後,在not之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A_06F破璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中’使用二氣四胺料pt⑽山](a)〗製備⑽ 升〇.〇1 wt.%之鉑溶液用於離子交換("ΙΕχ溶液")。將以公 克經酸浸之玻璃加人離子交換溶液巾(”玻璃/離子交 換混合物")。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之阳值。根據需 要,連、續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%之氫氧化銨(ΝΗ40Η),將咳 混合物之ΡΗ值調整至大於1G(在本實例中,得到之阳值約 為138)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移以公升的塑膠廣口 容器。將該塑膠容器置於10吖之通風棋箱内22小時。每 3〇分鐘用手稱微搖晃-下容器。離子㈣處理mu 使用帶有Whatman 5411 紙之布氏漏斗過㈣璃/離子交換 混合物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約7.6公升的稀 NH4〇H溶液清洗。稀顧溶液係、藉由將W公克之Μ 8 濃顺細讀與約3·8公升去離子水混合^ 缺 後,在_溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾㈣小時。…、 第二步’對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中樣品 在氣氣流速為2 L/hr之氦备名a Τ»、 之氫孔軋巩及30(rc的溫度下還原4小 時0 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析 度。 侍引約為0.71 wt·%之鉑濃 實例23 A-06F破螭上之鈀及銅 126437.doc 200902146 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 首先,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之A-06F玻璃樣品進 行酸浸處理。將15公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之頌酸 各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9〇 C之通風烘箱内2小時,且每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。 酸次處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 U慮紙之布氏漏 斗過濾樣品’並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在 11 〇°C之溫度下’將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行雙重離子交換 處理。在本實例中,使用3公升0.0005 wt %總金屬溶液進 行雙重離子交換(”雙重離子交換溶液")。雙重離子交換溶 液係藉由混合1.5公升0.0005 wt.%鈀溶液及1.5公升0.0005 wt·%銅溶液而製備。在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀製備 1.5公升0.0005 wt·%鈀溶液,並使用硝酸銅製備15公升 0.0005 wt.%銅溶液。將約14公克A-06F玻璃加入雙重離子 父換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換 混合物之pH值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約29 8 wt%的 虱氧化敍(NH4〇H),將該混合物之pH值調整至大於ι〇(在 本實例中,得到之pH值約為1〇_9)。將玻璃/離子交換混合 物移入4公升的塑膠廣口容器。將該塑膠容器置於⑼艽之 通風供箱内兩小時’每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。雙重離 子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏 漏斗過濾玻璃/IEX混合物且用約7.6公升的稀氫氧化銨 126437.doc -92· 200902146 (NH4〇H)溶液清洗所收集到之雙重離子交換 -玻璃樣品。稀Example 21 A-06F Glass Breaking A06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm was obtained. In the first step, the A-06F$ glass sample that was received as received and not calcined was subjected to acid leaching. Approximately 3 ounces of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% of the tribasic acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 90 C ventilated oven for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 22 hours. In the first step, the acid-impregnated A-06F glass was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, '3 liters of 0.01 wt.% platinum solution was prepared for ion exchange (ι, ΙΕΧ solution) using tetrachlorotetramine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](Cl) 2 . 93 g of acid leached The A-06F glass is added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). The pH value of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured. According to the need 126437.doc -89· 200902146 to 'continuously add about 40 wt.% of tetramethyl oxynitride to adjust the pH of the mixture to more than 10 (in this example, the pH obtained) For 11.07). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 100 ° C for 22 hours. Shake the container slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and the ion exchange-glass sample was collected and washed with a solution of about 7.6 liters of dilute NH4OH. The dilute NH4OH solution was prepared by mixing 10 grams of a 29.8 wt% Η4ΟΗ solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. The ion exchange glass samples were then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 11 °C. In the third step, the ion-exchanged glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the sample was reduced in a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 0.59 wt.%. Example 22 A-06F glass on the A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm. In the first step, the A-06F glass sample received as it is and not calcined is subjected to acid leaching. Place 30 g of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid in 4 liter plastic wide-mouth containers. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 °C for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a cloth with Whatman 54 1 filter paper 126437.doc -90-200902146 funnel and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of not. In the second step, the acid-impregnated A_06F glass was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In the present example, '10% wt.% platinum solution was used for ion exchange ("ΙΕχsolution") using 'diox tetraamine pt(10)山)(a). The galvanic acid-impregnated glass is added with a human ion exchange solution towel ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). The cation value of the glass/ion exchange mixture is measured. As needed, continuous addition and subsequent addition of about 29.8 wt.% Ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ40Η), the enthalpy of the cough mixture is adjusted to greater than 1G (in this example, the positive value is about 138). The glass/ion exchange mixture is transferred to a liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 10 inch ventilated chess box for 22 hours. The micro-shake-down container was weighed by hand every 3 minutes. Ion (four) treatment mu was used and collected by a Buchner funnel with Whatman 5411 paper (four) glass/ion exchange mixture. Ion exchange-glass sample, and washed with about 7.6 liters of dilute NH4〇H solution. The solution was diluted with W gram 8 and mixed with about 3·8 liters of deionized water. The ion-exchanged glass sample was dried (four) hours at _ temperature...., the second step 'restores the ion-exchanged glass sample, where the sample is at a gas flow rate of 2 L/hr. Hole rolling and 30 (reduction of temperature at rc 4 Sample analysis by ICP-AES. Approximately 0.71 wt% of platinum concentration Example 23 A-06F palladium on copper and copper 126437.doc 200902146 Obtained by Lauscha Fiber International, the average diameter is approximately 500-600 nm A-06F glass fiber. First, the A-06F glass sample received as received and not calcined is subjected to acid leaching treatment. 15 g of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt·% tannic acid Place them in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 9 ° C ventilated oven for 2 hours and shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After acid treatment, use with Whatman 54 U Filter the sample with a Buchner funnel and clean it with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, dry the acid leached sample for 22 hours at a temperature of 11 ° C. The second step is to acid leaching. A-06F glass was subjected to dual ion exchange treatment. In this example, 3 liters of 0.0005 wt% total metal solution was used for double ion exchange ("double ion exchange solution"). The double ion exchange solution was mixed by 1.5 liters of 0.0005 wt. .% palladium solution and Prepared by 1.5 liters of 0.0005 wt.% copper solution. In this example, 1.5 liters of 0.0005 wt.% palladium solution was prepared using palladium dihydrooxytetraamine, and 15 liters of 0.0005 wt.% copper solution was prepared using copper nitrate. The gram A-06F glass is added to the double ion parent exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). The pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture is measured. As needed, about 29 8 wt% of hydrazine oxide (NH 4 〇 H) was continuously added dropwise, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than ι (in the present example, the pH was about 1 〇 9). . The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. Place the plastic container in the ventilated box of (9) for two hours. Shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the double ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/IEX mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper and collected with a solution of about 7.6 liters of dilute ammonium hydroxide 126437.doc -92.200902146 (NH4〇H). Double ion exchange - glass sample. dilute
將雙重離子交換-玻璃樣品乾燥2 2小時。The dual ion exchange-glass samples were dried for 2 hours.
及300 C的溫度下還原4小時。 wt·%之叙 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇19 濃度及約為0.02 wt.%之銅濃度。 實例24 A-06F玻璃上之銀 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之八_061?玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約51公克A_06F玻璃及4公升55 wt%之 硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置 於90C之通風烘箱内2小時,且每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一 下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然 後’在11 0°C之溫度下’將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中’用硝酸銀製備4公升〇·001 wt.%之銀溶液 用於離子交換("IEX溶液")。將1〇公克A-06F玻璃加入離子 交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換 126437.doc •93· 200902146 混合物之pH值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%之 氫氧化銨(ΝΗβΗ) ’將該混合物之PH值調整至大於u(在 本實例中,得到之pH值約為11.5)。將玻璃/離子交換混合 物移入4公升的塑膠廣口容器中。將該塑膠容器置於5(rc 之通風烘箱内2小時,且每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離 子父換處理完成之後’使用帶有Whatman 54 1遽紙之布氏 漏斗過渡玻璃/離子交換混合物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣 品,且使用約7.6公升之稀NhOH溶液清洗。稀Nh4〇h溶 液係藉由將10公克之29.8 wt·%濃ΝΗβΗ溶液與約3·8公升 去離子水混合而製備。然後,在110°c溫度下,將離子交 換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中將離 子父換-玻璃樣品在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3〇〇。〇 之溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇53 wt.%之銀 濃度。 實例25 A-06F玻璃上之銘 獲付由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步’對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之a_〇6F玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約1〇〇公克A_〇6F玻璃及4公升5 5 之硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器 置於90 C之通風烘箱内2小時,且每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃 126437.doc -94- 200902146 下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1遽紙之 布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然 後’在110 C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步’對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](c丨製備3公 升0.016 wt.%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(ι,ΙΕχ溶液,,)。將48 17It was reduced at a temperature of 300 C for 4 hours. The wt.% sample was analyzed by ICP-AES to obtain a copper concentration of about 〇19 and about 0.02 wt.%. Example 24 Silver on A-06F Glass A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International having an average diameter of about 500-600 nm was obtained. In the first step, the _061? glass sample received as received and uncalcined is subjected to acid leaching. Approximately 51 grams of A_06F glass and 4 liters of 55 wt% nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 90C ventilated oven for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid immersed sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 °C. In the second step, the acid-impregnated A-06F glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 4 liters of 〇·001 wt.% silver solution was prepared using silver nitrate for ion exchange ("IEX solution"). One gram of A-06F glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measuring glass/ion exchange 126437.doc •93· 200902146 pH of the mixture. As needed, about 29.8 wt.% of ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗβΗ) was continuously added dropwise to adjust the pH of the mixture to be greater than u (in the present example, the pH obtained was about 11.5). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 5 (rc ventilated oven for 2 hours and shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the ion father has been replaced) use a Buchner funnel transition glass/ion exchange with Whatman 54 1 遽 paper The mixture was collected and the ion exchange-glass sample was collected and washed with approximately 7.6 liters of dilute NhOH solution. The diluted Nh4 〇h solution was prepared by mixing 10 gram of 29.8 wt.% concentrated ΝΗβΗ solution with approximately 3·8 liters of deionized water. The ion exchange glass sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 ° C. In the third step, the ion exchange glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the ion parent-glass sample was at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr. The hydrogen atmosphere was reduced for 3 hours at a temperature of 〇〇. The sample was analyzed by ICP-AES to obtain a silver concentration of about 53 wt.%. Example 25 A-06F glass was given by Lauscha. Produced by Fiber International, A-06F glass fiber with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm. The first step is for acid leaching of a_〇6F glass sample received as received and uncalcined. It will be about 1 gram. A_〇6F glass 4 liters of 5 5 nitric acid were placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 90 ° ventilated oven for 2 hours and shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes under 126437.doc -94- 200902146. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 crepe paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried at a temperature of 110 C for 22 hours. The second step is to carry out ion exchange treatment on the acid leached A-06F glass. In this example, tetrachlorotetramine platinum [Pt(NH3)4] is used (c 丨 to prepare 3 liters of 0.016 wt.% platinum solution). For ion exchange (ι, ΙΕχ solution,,). Will be 48 17
公克A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中("玻璃/離子交換混合 物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之ρΗ值。根據需要連 續逐滴添加約29.8 wt·%的氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η),將該混合物 之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之阳值約為 10.06)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升的塑膠廣口容 器。將該塑膠容器置於5(TC之通風供箱内兩小時。每3〇分 鐘用手稍微搖晃-下容器。離子交換處理完成之後,使用 帶有Whatman 54U慮紙之布氏漏斗過遽玻璃/離子交換混合 物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約76公升之稀 NH4〇H溶液清洗。稀NH4〇h溶液係藉由將ι〇公克之298 败〇/。濃ΝΗ40Η溶液與約3.8公升㈣子水混合而製備。缺 後’在uot溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中樣品 在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及靖的溫度下還原4小 時。 付到約為0.147 wt.%之始 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析 濃度。 實例26 126437.doc •95· 200902146 A-06F玻璃上之麵 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A_06F玻璃纖維。 第一步’對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之A-06F玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約21公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之 硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置 於90 °C之通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一 下。酸浸處理完成之後’使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然 後,在110°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](cl)2製備4公 升0.02 wt.%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(”ΙΕχ溶液”)。將約21 公克經酸浸之A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中("玻璃/離子 交換混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之?11值。根據 需要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.°/。的氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇η),將 該混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到之?11值 約為10.90)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升的塑膠廣 口容器。將該塑膠容器置於1〇〇〇c之通風供箱内22小時, 每30分鐘用手猶微搖晃—下。離子交換處理完成之後,使 用帶有職相11 541錢之布氏料料玻璃/離子交換混 合物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約7.6公升之稀 νΗ4〇η溶液清洗。稀NH4〇h溶液係藉由將1〇公克之298 社%濃NH4OH溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 126437.doc -96- 200902146 後,在1 l〇°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,樣品在氫 氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及300°C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.67 wt.%之鉑濃 度。 實例27 未浸出E-06F玻璃上之把 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之E-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對未浸出E-06F玻璃樣品進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](OH)2製備2公 升0.00008 wt.%之鈀溶液用於離子交換("IEX溶液π)。將 15.45公克E-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換 混合物")。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值。根據需 要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%的氫氧化銨(NH4OH),將該 混合物之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之pH值約 為10.99)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口 容器中。將該塑膠容器置於50°C之通風烘箱内兩小時。每 30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下容器。離子交換處理完成之後, 使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換 混合物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約7.6公升之稀 NH4OH溶液清洗。稀NH4OH溶液係藉由將10公克之29.8 wt.%濃ΝΗ4ΟΗ溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在ll〇°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 126437.doc -97- 200902146 第一步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中將離 子交換玻璃在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及300°C温度下 运原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.014 wt %之鈀 濃度。 實例28複合觸媒1 浸出A-06F玻璃上之麵 根據實例26獲得1 3 _4公克前驅物觸媒組合物,其含有浸 出A-06F玻璃纖維,其中鉑濃度約為〇 67 wt %,且平均直 徑500至600奈米。 獲得1.6公克具有MTW結構類型,矽/鋁原子比約為18.5 比1之沸石。 獲得17.9公克含有非膠溶Versal_251假軟水鋁石之^氧 化鋁前驅物,且將其分裂開(4〇/6〇)以分別成成7 2公克及 10.7公克各一份。 在Lancaster研磨機中將7.2公克一份的非膠溶假軟水鋁 石(”非膠溶V-25 1 ”)與前驅物觸媒組合物、丨3 4公克舶滚度 約為0.67 wt.%之A-06F玻璃纖維,及型彿石 (如上所述)進行約1〇分鐘的乾式混合。 將10.7公克一份的假軟水鋁石在約i公克之7〇% HN…及 約10毫升之水中膠溶。 在膠溶實質上完成之後,將實質上膠溶之假軟水鋁石 ("膠溶V-25 1")加入Lancaster研磨機中前驅物觸媒組合物與 MTW沸石之先前經研磨混合物中且研磨生成具有面團狀 126437.doc •98· 200902146 黏度的混合物。 將產生的面團狀物置於帶古 罝有1.6毫米(1/16英吋)模板之 RAM壓出機中生成壓出物,( 毫求⑽英忖)至約9.5毫米⑽英时)範圍内之塵出物粒子: 將壓出物粒子在空氣流速約為8 5 m3/hr(3 〇〇的㈣,⑽ °c之通風烘箱中的絲網托盤上乾燥約2個小時。 在相同空氣流速下,將壓出物粒子藉由首先經—個小時 將烘箱溫度升高至3G()t並保持—個小時加以锻燒。第一 次溫升之後接著經兩個小時第二次將溫度升高至50代, 然後在5GG°C下再保持三個小時,實f上將假軟水紹石轉 化為γ氧化紹。 生成具有MTW型沸石及分散於複合觸媒組合物中之前 驅物FSC組合物的煅燒複合觸媒組合物,而如下述甲基環 己烷(MCH)轉化為甲苯之活性試驗結果顯示,FSC組合物 中之鉑成分實質上分散於經預處理的八玻璃内或玻璃上。 此外,如(以下)實例CH-1所述,藉由掃描透射電子顯微 鏡法(STEM)對壓出物樣品進行檢測,圖3和圖4表明,鉑 顆粒(對比度較亮的點)一般分散於距離前驅物觸媒組合物 表面小於或等於約30奈米之範圍内,該組合物具有實質上 無孔的基質(在本例中為浸出A玻璃纖維)。 實例CH-1 分析方法re/XPS濺射,SARCNa, 等電點(IEP)及 S.A.N2-BET 或 S.A.Kr-BET 測定 X射線光電子光譜學(XPS)濺射深度分布法 126437.doc -99- 200902146 使用帶有1486.7 eV微聚焦單色化之Α1 Κα X射線源之 PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA Microprobe™(Physical Electronics公司)獲得xps濺射深度分布圖。在此儀器中, 在光譜採集過程中利用低能電子及陽離子提供電荷補償的 雙中和能力為標準的。 XPS譜通常在以下條件下測得:Add grams of A-06F glass to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measure the pH value of the glass/ion exchange mixture. Add about 29.8 wt.% ammonium hydroxide continuously as needed (ΝΗ4〇 Η), adjust the pH of the mixture to greater than 10 (in this example, the positive value is about 10.06). Move the glass/ion exchange mixture into a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container at 5. (The TC is ventilated for two hours in the box. Shake it slightly by hand every 3 minutes - the lower container. After the ion exchange treatment is completed, the Buchner funnel glass/ion exchange mixture with Whatman 54U paper is used and the ion exchange is collected. - Glass sample, and washed with about 76 liters of dilute NH4 〇H solution. The diluted NH4 〇h solution was prepared by mixing 298 〇 〇 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 After the 'ion exchange temperature, the ion exchange glass sample was dried for 22 hours. Step, the ion exchange glass sample was subjected to reduction treatment, wherein the sample was reduced in hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 4 hours. Samples were analyzed by ICP-AES at a rate of approximately 0.147 wt.%. Example 26 126437.doc •95· 200902146 The surface of the A-06F glass was obtained by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of approximately 500- 600 nm A_06F glass fiber. The first step is to carry out acid leaching treatment on the A-06F glass sample which is received as received and not calcined. About 21 g of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid are placed. Place in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a ventilated oven at 90 °C for 2 hours, shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After acid leaching, use Brinell with Whatman 541 filter paper. The sample was filtered through a funnel and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 ° C. The second step was to acid leaching the A-06F glass. Ion exchange treatment was carried out. In this example, 4 liters of a 0.02 wt.% platinum solution was prepared for ion exchange ("ΙΕχ solution") using tetrachlorotetramine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](cl)2. 21 g of acid-impregnated A-06F glass is added to the ion exchange solution (& Quot [glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measure the value of the glass/ion exchange mixture by 11. If necessary, add about 29.8 wt.% ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇η) continuously, and mix the mixture. The pH was adjusted to greater than 1 Torr (in this example, the ?11 value was approximately 10.90). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a ventilated box for 1 hour for 22 hours, shaking it with your hands every 30 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, a Brinell glass/ion exchange mixture with a phase of 11 541 m was used and an ion exchange-glass sample was collected and washed with a solution of about 7.6 liters of dilute Η4Ηη. The dilute NH4〇h solution was prepared by mixing 1 gram of 298% concentrated NH4OH solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. After 126437.doc -96- 200902146, the ion exchange glass samples were dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 1 l ° °C. In the third step, the ion-exchanged glass sample was subjected to reduction treatment, and the sample was reduced in a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 0.67 wt.%. Example 27: Unbleached E-06F glass The E-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International having an average diameter of about 500-600 nm was obtained. In the first step, the unleached E-06F glass sample was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In the present example, 2 liters of a 0.00008 wt.% palladium solution was prepared for ion exchange ("IEX solution π) using dihydrooxytetraamine palladium [Pd(NH3)4](OH)2. 15.45 grams of E-06F glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). The pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured. As needed, about 29.8 wt.% ammonium hydroxide was added dropwise continuously. (NH4OH), the pH of the mixture was adjusted to greater than 10 (in this example, the pH was obtained to be about 10.99). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred into a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The container was shaken in a ventilated oven at 50 ° C for two hours. The container was shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper and the ion exchange-glass was collected. The sample was washed with a solution of about 7.6 liters of dilute NH4OH. The dilute NH4OH solution was prepared by mixing 10 grams of a 29.8 wt.% concentrated ΟΗ4 ΟΗ solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, at a temperature of ll 〇 ° C The ion exchange glass sample was dried for 22 hours. 126437.doc -97- 200902146 The first step was to reduce the ion exchange glass sample, wherein the ion exchange glass was at a hydrogen flow rate. 2 L/hr hydrogen atmosphere and 300 ° C temperature for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about 0.014 wt%. Example 28 composite catalyst 1 leached on A-06F glass According to Example 26, a 1 3 _4 gram precursor catalyst composition was obtained which contained leached A-06F glass fibers having a platinum concentration of about 〇67 wt% and an average diameter of 500 to 600 nm. 1.6 g of MTW structure was obtained. Type, zeolite with a cerium/aluminum atomic ratio of about 18.5 to 1. Obtain 17.9 grams of alumina precursor containing non-peptized Versal_251 pseudo-soft boehmite and split it (4〇/6〇) to form separately 7 2 g and 10.7 g each. In a Lancaster grinder, 7.2 g of a non-peptized pseudo-boehmite ("non-peptized V-25 1") and precursor catalyst composition, 丨 3 4 A-06F glass fiber with a rolling capacity of about 0.67 wt.%, and a type of Buddha stone (as described above) for dry mixing for about 1 minute. A 10.7 gram portion of fake soft boehmite at about i grams 7〇% HN... and about 10 ml of water peptized. After the peptization is substantially completed, it will be substantially peptized. Fake soft boehmite ("Plastant V-25 1") was added to the previously ground mixture of the precursor catalyst composition and MTW zeolite in a Lancaster mill and ground to give a doughy shape 126437.doc •98· 200902146 Viscosity The resulting dough is placed in a RAM extruder with a 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) template, to produce an extrudate (millimeter (10) inches) to about 9.5 mm (10) inches. Dust particles in the range: The extrudate particles were dried on a wire mesh tray in a ventilated oven at an air flow rate of about 8 5 m3/hr (3 ft, (10) °C for about 2 hours. At the same air flow rate, the extrudate particles were calcined by first raising the oven temperature to 3 G () t for an hour. After the first temperature rise, the temperature was raised to 50 passages for the second time in two hours, and then maintained at 5 GG ° C for another three hours, and the pseudo soft water was converted to gamma oxide. A calcined composite catalyst composition having a MTW-type zeolite and a precursor FSC composition dispersed in the composite catalyst composition is produced, and the activity test results such as the following conversion of methylcyclohexane (MCH) to toluene show that the FSC combination The platinum component is substantially dispersed in the pretreated eight glass or on the glass. Further, as described in Example CH-1 (below), the extrudate samples were examined by scanning transmission electron microscopy (STEM), and Figures 3 and 4 show that platinum particles (higher contrast points) are generally dispersed. Within a range of less than or equal to about 30 nanometers from the surface of the precursor catalyst composition, the composition has a substantially non-porous matrix (in this case, a leached A glass fiber). Example CH-1 analytical method re/XPS sputtering, SARCNa, isoelectric point (IEP) and SAN2-BET or SAKr-BET determination X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) sputtering depth distribution method 126437.doc -99- 200902146 The xps sputter depth profile was obtained using a PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA MicroprobeTM (Physical Electronics) with a 1486.7 eV microfocus monochromatization Α1 Κα X-ray source. In this instrument, the dual neutralization capability of charge compensation using low energy electrons and cations during spectral acquisition is standard. The XPS spectrum is usually measured under the following conditions:
• X射線束直徑1〇_2〇〇 μιη -X射線束功率2-40 W -樣品分析區10-200 -電子發射角度與樣品法線呈45。 所有XPS譜及濺射深度分布圖均在室溫下記錄,不對樣 品進行預處理,但例外為將樣品引入xps儀器真空環境中 之情況。 藉由交替幾個週期之樣品表面光譜採集,然後在每個週 期對樣品表面進行15至3()秒之2 kv Ar+騎以清除表面材 料來生成滅射深度分布圖。使用__層已知厚度之石夕薄膜校 準濺射深度速率。 藉由取Pd 3(^2及Si 2p之峰面積並針對其各自之原子靈 敏度因數及力析儀傳輪函數進行修正獲得圖丨及2所示的^ 及Si原子濃度值。 熟悉XPS分析技術者應瞭解,㈣深度參數之測定既受 人為誤差亦受機械誤差之影響,兩者結合可能會對由XPS 濺射深度分布技術測定之_深度的每個報告值造成約 25%之不確定度。因此,這種不確定度表現在圖⑴所示 126437.doc •100- 200902146 之深度值上。這種不精確在整個XPS分析技術中都很普 遍’然而’對於在本文所揭示之催化活性區域的平均厚度 及其他材料屬性來說,這種不精確不足以妨礙對本文所述 之觸媒組合物進行區分,亦不會影響該等組合物與其他未 在本文描述及主張的組合物進行區分。 透射電子顯微鏡(TEM)分析法 透射電子顯微鏡(TEM)樣品檢測係使用在300 kV加速電 壓下工作之JEOL 3000F場發射掃描透射電子顯微鏡 (STEM)儀器。該儀器裝備有牛津儀器公司(Oxford Instniments)之lnca X射線光譜儀系統,使用能量色散光譜 儀執行局部化學分析。 樣品之製備首先將樣品材料嵌入熟悉TEM分析技術者所 知的標準環氧包埋劑中。固化後,使用超薄切片機將環氧 包埋之樣品材料切割產生約8 0奈米厚的切片。將切片收集 在薄膜有孔碳載體上,且不需要進一步加工,適當定位於 上述STEM儀器之電子束場中,以供檢測及分析。 熟悉TEM分析技術者應瞭解,使用TEM*析方法測定目 才不刀析物之位置及相關區域相對於基質表面的平均厚度既 文人為誤差的影響,亦受機械誤差之影響,取決於樣品之 圖像解析度、目標分析物之物理化學特性及樣品形態等因 素,可能會造成約±20%的tem垂直深度量測結果(相對於 某個具體參照點)不確定度及約土5%之側位量測結果(相對 於某個具體參照點)不確定度。因此,這種不確定度表王 在測得之催化成分相對於樣品基質表面的距離上。這種^ 126437.doc 200902146 精確在整個TEM分析過程中都很普遍,但並不足以妨礙觸 媒組合物之間的區分。 SARCh測定、SARCi空樣及相關統計分析 由於以上时瀹之原因,鈉之表面積變化率(”sarc心")報 告為NaOH滴定液體積的比率。 根據上述SARC&程序,敎以下實例中規定之每個樣 品之SARC^。藉由製備3·5Μ Naa溶液(亦即在15〇毫升去 離子水中加入30公克NaCl)製備一份空樣,其不含基質樣 然而,為了解決SARCw實驗程序中之統計上的變異 性,應滴定四份獨立的空樣,且使用獲得v初及V5q5(亦 即,V^v幻所用之規定濃度(本實例中為〇〇1 Ν)滴定量平 均值來調整(亦即修正)各基質樣品从心測定所使用之滴 定液體積。根據與上述SAR(W収相同之程序調整空樣 pH值並滴定空樣,但同樣不含基質。 在^下長:供之各空樣執行及其各自之平均值及標 (或V圳分析測試結果表格中報告空樣滴定量的統計分 =同樣亦報告了由於各自Vss所引起之相應於各滴定 量V初、v5、V10及Vl5的固有統計上之波動。自統計學的角 度’使用統計t分布,在平均值附近,所指定之信賴區間 以外的數值可靠且並非源於實驗方法自身固有偏差的確定 度達到95%。所以’對於空樣平均值附近信賴區間内之基 質樣品測得的V4Vt值被視為在統計學上與空樣沒有差 別。因此,此類樣品不計算SARC心值。 等電點(IEP)測定 126437.doc -102- 200902146 根據以下程序測定下面給定之各樣品的等電點("ΙΕρ")。 使用帶 pH mv/ORP模組之 Mettler Toledo SevenMulti表,配 合Mettler Toledo INL AB 413 pH複合電極進行ΐΕΡ量測。在 整個相關ΙΕΡ範圍内’利用pH值為2、4、7及10的標準pH 值緩衝溶液校準儀錶。藉由使用足以使樣品達到初濕狀態 之一定量16 Μ Ω去離子水(在約2 5 °c下)潤濕樣品,測定每 份樣品的IEP,這樣可以產生比較濃厚之漿狀或糊狀混合 物。而這種初濕狀態可以使玻璃電極及其參考電極觸面與 接觸受測固體樣品的液體(在本實例中為漿狀或糊狀混合 物)之間達成液體接觸。根據樣品之形態(例如玻璃微纖 維、粒狀粉末、切短纖維等)及其多孔性(若有)程度,該程 序需要不同之水量。但在所有情况下,添加之水量應該僅 僅足以使充分的液體與玻璃電極及參考電極觸面接觸。換 句話說’對受測樣品加水應該儘可能避免使樣品超過初濕 狀態。在所有情况下使用電極端,用手將固體樣品與去離 子水(添加用於產生初濕)混合,直至測得之pH值穩定,然 後自儀錶讀取所得?^1值。 N2 BET或Kr BET表面積(S.A.)測定 根據以上提及之ASTM程序,對以下給定之每份樣品適 當進行S.A.N2_BET或S.A,Kr_BET測定。如根據以上更充分之 討論’對於較高的表面積量測值(例如約3至6 m'g),按照 ASTM D3 663-03所述之方法,& BET很可能為較佳的表面 積量測技術。而對於較低的表面積量測值(例如,<約3 m2/g), 按照 ASTM D4780-95(”S.A士-5£Γ")所述之方法,Kr BET 可 126437.doc -103- 200902146 能為較佳的表面積量測技術。 用於修正SARCnp^定值之SARCNa空樣量測及統計分析 樣品 號 空樣A 稀 NaOH 滴定液 浪度 _ (N) S.A.N2-BET (m2/g) 在NaOH滴定中,用於使pH值在te(V* 之初始值調整至9·0,並在ts、t10及tls< 將pH值保持在9.0所需之滴定液體移 )時自4.0 vsils)時 (毫升) V嫌= V 初+Vsiis V初 〇分鐘 Vs 5分鐘 Vio 10分鐘 V1S 15分鐘 v5il5 之和 不適用 1.5 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.6 2.1 空樣B 0.01 不適用 2.2 0.1 0,1 0.2 U.4 2.6 空樣C 0.01 不適用 2.4 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3 2.7 空樣D 0.01 不適用 2.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.4 2.6 空樣 平均值 不適用 2.075 0.15 0.125 0.15 0.325 2.5 空樣標準 偏差 0.01 不適用 0.3947 0.1 0.05 0.0577 不適用 0.2708 空樣95% 信賴區間 1.45-2.70 2.07-2.93 實例CH-2 E玻璃- SARCjva 獲得由 Lauscha Fiber International 生產之 E-06F 玻璃樣 品,即平均直徑為500至6〇〇奈米之玻璃纖維。 樣品A-1為按原樣接收之E玻璃樣品’而A-2為經由锻燒 但未經浸出製備之按原樣接收的E玻璃。樣品A_1及A_2 ’ 非浸出E玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。在該處理過程中’非 浸出E玻璃在空氣流速為1公升/小時之空氣氣氛及600°C的 溫度下煅燒4小時。 藉由對按原樣接收之非煅燒E玻璃進行酸浸處理製備比較 樣品Comp-B。對於比較樣品Comp-B,將約15公克E-玻璃及 1.5公升9 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將 該塑膠容器置於95°C之通風烘箱内4小時,且每3〇分鐘用手 稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541 126437.doc 104· 200902146 濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清 洗。然後,在110°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 藉由上述用於測定SARCWa之分析方法對樣品A-1、A-2 及Comp-B進行分析。結果如下表所示。 樣品 號 樣品 描述 稀 NaOH 滴定液 濃度 (N) pNaOH滴定中,用於使pH值在UV*)時自4.0之初始值調 整至9.0,並在ts、t10及t15(Vsil5)時將pH值保持在9.0所需之 滴定液實際體積(毫升) V初 〇分鐘 v5 5分鍺 Vio 10分鐘 Vis 15分鐘 V* V*-V初 空樣 空樣平均值 0.01 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 ~~2.5 不適用 A-1 按原樣接收之 E-06F 0.01 20.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 21.7 1.2 A-2 煅燒E-06F 0.1 0.7 0 0.1 〇 0.8 0.1 Comp-B 浸出E-06F 0.1 22.6 1.9 0.9 0.4 25.8 3.2 樣品 號 樣品 IEP S.A*n2.bet (rn2/g) 用於SARC^»測定中之滴定液體種 (毫升)* SARC^a (V*-V*)/ V相 描述 V初 0分鐘 Vs 5分鐘 V,〇 10分鐘 VI5 15分鏤 V* 空樣 空樣平 均值 不適用 不適用 2.1 0.15 卜0.125 ^0.15 ΤΓ 不適用 修正之A-1 异原樣 接收之 E-06F 8.9 <7 18.4 0.35 0.25 0.15 19.2 0.04 未修正之 A-2* 煅燒 E-06F 9.5 幺7 0.7 0 0.1 0 0.8 < 〜0.2* 未修正之 Comp-B* 浸出 E-06F 4.1 <250 22.6 1.9 0.9 0.4 25.8 < -0.2* *因為空樣修正值係使用〇·〇1 N之NaOH滴定液濃度獲得, 而非該等特殊樣品SARC·分析所使用之0.1 N NaOH滴定 液’所以空樣滴定不用於修正該樣品滴定。 實例CH-3 AR玻璃-SARCNa 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為約17至20微米之玻 126437.doc -105 - 200902146 璃纖維。在本實例中,該玻璃用於樣品A、B及C。 獲得如由 Nippon Electric Glass生產之 ARG 6S-750 玻璃 樣品’即平均直徑約為13微米之玻璃纖維。在本實例中, 該玻璃用於樣品D及E。 分別藉由煅燒按原樣接收之AR玻璃及ARG玻璃以製備 樣品A及〇。對於樣品a及d,AR玻璃及ARG玻璃樣品進行 锻燒熱處理。在該處理中,AR玻璃及ARG玻璃在空氣流 速為1公升/小時之空氣氣氛及60(TC的溫度下煅燒4小時。 分別藉由對按原樣接收、非煅燒AR玻璃及ARG玻璃進 行酸浸處理製備樣品B、C及e。 對於樣品B及C ’將約1〇1公克AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.0/〇 之硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器 置於90 C之通風烘箱内2小時’且每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃 下。酸浸處理完成之後’使用帶有Whatman 541遽紙之 布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然 後,在110。(:之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 同樣,對於樣品E,將約5 8公克ARG玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠 容器置於901之通風烘箱内2小時,且每15分鐘用手稍微 搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾 紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。 然後’在not:的温度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 藉由上述用於測定SARCjva之分析方法對樣品a_e進行分 析。結果如下表所示。 126437.do. -106- 200902146 樣品 號 樣品 描述 稀 NaOH 滴定液 濃度 (N) 在滴定中,用於使pH值在κν*)時自4.0之初始值調整至 9.0,並在ts、ί10Αί15(ν5*15)時將pH值保持在9.0所需之滴 定液實際體積(毫升) V初 ❶分錐 V5 5分鐘 V10 10分鐘 V15 15分鐘 V* νΛ-ν* 空樣 空樣平均值 0.01 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 不適用 空樣95% 信賴區間 統計信賴區間 1.44- 2.70 2.07-2.93 A 煅燒AR 0.01 2.4 0 0 0.1 2.5 0.1 B 浸出AR 0.01 2.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.5 0.3 C 浸出AR 0.01 1.7 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.0 0.3 D 煅燒 ARG 6S-750 0.01 1.6 0.4 0.3 0.4 2.7 1.1 E 浸出 ARG 6S-750 0.01 2.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 2.5 0.4 樣品 樣品 ffiP S.A.Kr-BET (m2/g) 用於SARQy«測5 二中之修正滴定液艎積 f毫升) 修正之 SARCNa (νΛ-ν^)/ν^ 號 描述 V* 0分鐘 Vs 5分鐘 V,0 10分鐘 V15 15分鐘 空樣 空樣平均值 不適用 不適用 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 不適用 修正之 A 煅燒AR 9.9 0.13 0.30 •0.15 -0.13 -0.05 0 不適用t 修正之 B 浸出AR 9.6 0.16 0.10 -0.05 -0.03 -0.05 0 不適用’ 修正之 C 浸出AR 未測定 0.16 -0.40 -0.05 -0.03 -0.05 -0.5 不適用t 修正之 D 煅燒ARG 6S-750 未測定 0.11 -0.50 0.25 0.18 0.25 0.2 — 不適用^ --— 修正之 E 浸出ARG 6S-750 未測定 0.12 0.0 0.05 -0.025 -0.05 0 不適用’ Ο "因為對基質樣品測得之V初及Vt處於平均值的95%信賴區 間内,所以,8八11(:^值被認為在統計學上與空樣平均值沒 , 有區別。因此,SARC^測定被認為不適用於該等樣品。 實例CH-4 A-玻璃-SARCpja 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 5 00-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。在本實例中,該玻璃用於 樣品A、B及C。 126437.doc • 107- 200902146 獲得由 Lauscha Fiber International 生產之 A-26F 玻璃樣 品,即平均直徑為2.6微米的玻璃纖維。在本實例中,該 玻璃用於樣品D。 樣品A為按原樣接收之A - 0 6 F -玻璃纖維樣品。 藉由對按原樣接收之非煅燒A-06F-玻璃進行酸浸處理製 備樣品B及C。對於樣品B及C,將約58.5公克A-06F-玻璃 及4公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器 内。將該塑膠容器置於90°C之通風烘箱内2小時,且每30 分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 5 41濾紙之布氏漏斗過遽樣品,並使用約7·6公升 去離子水清洗。然後,在1 l〇°C的温度下,將經酸浸之樣 品乾燥22小時。 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產之平均直徑約為 2.6微米(2600奈米)之A-26F玻璃纖維。在本實例中,該玻 璃原樣用於樣品D。 藉由上述用於測定SARC—之分析方法對樣品A-D進行分 析。結果如下表所示。 樣品 號 樣品 描述 稀 NaOH 滴定液 濃度 (N) 在滴定中,用於使pH值在αν*〇時自4.0之初始值調整至 9.0,並在t5、t10及tls(Vsils)時將pH值保持在9·0所需之滴 定液實際體積(毫升) V初 0分鐘 V5 5分鐘 V10 10分鐘 V15 15分鐘 V» v*-v 初 空樣平均值 對照平均值 0.01 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 不適用 A 按原樣接收 之 A-06 0.01 16.7 1.5 1.2 0.5 19.9 3.2 B 浸出A_06 0.01 15.4 1.4 0.9 1.0 18.7 3.3 C 浸出A-06 0.01 15.7 2.3 1.2 1.3 20.5 4.8 D A-26F原樣 0.01 5.4 0.7 0.5 0.3 6.9 1.5 126437.doc -108- 200902146 樣品 樣品 ΙΕΡ 用於SARCm^J定中之修正滴定液踫積 (毫升) SARC^vc (Vifc-V^)/ V* 號 描述 (m2/g) V4, 〇分鐘 V5 5分鐘 V,0 10分鍤 V15 15分鐘 V* 空樣平 均值 平均值 不適用 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 不適用 修正之 A 按原樣 接收之 Α-06 10.1 3.1 14.6 1.35 1.075 0.35 17.4 0.19 修正之 B 漫出 Α-06 10.6 3.1 13.3 1.25 0.775 0.85 16.2 0.18 修正之 C 浸出 Α-06 未測定 3.1 13.6 2.15 1.075 1.15 18.0 0.32 修正之 D A-26F 原樣 未測定 <5 3.3 0.55 0.375 0.15 4.4 0.25 實例複合觸媒1 活性試驗-甲基環己烷(mch>向甲苯之轉化 以下非限制性實例指出,前驅物觸媒組合物分散於複合 觸媒組合物中時’與分散於複合觸媒組合物中之前相比, 預期不會對前驅物觸媒組合物的活性造成不利影響。實質 上按照實例28之方法製備具有實例26前驅物FSC組合物的 壓出物樣品之催化活性。另外,在此實例中,壓出物樣品 之粒度分布保持在約4〇至60網目之間(亦即425至250微 米)’以降低粒子内部擴散通道阻力的不利影響。 以下介紹使用實驗型設備將甲基環己烷(]^(:抝轉化為曱 苯時,評估催化活性之一般程序。 百先,為提供實質上等量的鉑,將實例26的前驅物觸媒 ,、且。物刀散於其中之丨04毫克4〇至6〇網目壓出物,或毫 克實例2 6的如驅物觸媒樣品,裝入3 5毫米内徑的管式反 應器中’用於各自催化活性試驗運行。因&,這兩種不同 的樣品試驗裝載量對於鉑而言提供實質上相同的重時空速 126437.doc 200902146 (WHSV)。在活性 忒驗之刖,使用25〇 cc/ 3抓一下對觸媒進行物分鐘的預處理。以之仏在 :-步’ H2與進料的莫耳莫耳比率約為%比 混合物之流速在大约進科 在大約4個小時的時間内在⑵ee/mi cc/mm之靶圍内變化。確 ^ 甲基%己烷(MCH)至甲苯的轉 ^^度下對觸料行測試。 結果㈣所示’圖5料了甲苯產率(心)與流 ―㈣之間的關係圖。每種流速具有相應之甲苯轉化產 率,刀散於壓出物樣品中之前驅物觸媒組合物的產率實質 上類似於(如果不是巧合)、、5 ^ Q)沒有壓出物基質材料之相同前驅 物觸媒組合物的相應產率(亦即分散於基質中之前)。因 此’圖5的結果表明,當分散於複合觸媒組合物中時,前 驅物觸媒組合物的催化活性不會產生不利影響。 儘管在前面的實施方式中,根據本發明之某些較佳實施 ㈣發明進行了描述,且為說明之㈣,還提出了許多細 郎’然热悉此項技術者顯而易見本發明很可能有其它一些 實施例,且在不偏離本發明基本原則之基礎上,於此所描 述的某些細節可能有較大不同。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1為對應於在AR型玻璃基質上/内包括把之四個樣品每 -個的XPS濺射深度分布圖,其中滅射深度分布圖係使用 PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA(化學分析用光電子譜 儀)MiCr〇probeTM(Physical Ε1_〇η^,—)獲得二• X-ray beam diameter 1〇_2〇〇 μιη - X-ray beam power 2-40 W - Sample analysis area 10-200 - The electron emission angle is 45 compared to the sample normal. All XPS spectra and sputter depth profiles were recorded at room temperature without pretreatment of the sample, with the exception of the introduction of the sample into the xps instrument vacuum environment. The in-depth depth profile is generated by alternately collecting the sample surface spectra for several cycles and then performing a 15 to 3 (seconds) 2 kv Ar+ ride on the surface of the sample at each cycle to remove the surface material. The sputter depth rate is calibrated using a __ layer of known thickness. By taking the peak areas of Pd 3 (^2 and Si 2p and correcting their respective atomic sensitivity factors and the force analyzer wheel function, the values of the ^ and Si atoms shown in Fig. 2 and 2 are obtained. Familiar with XPS analysis technique It should be understood that (4) the determination of the depth parameter is affected by both human error and mechanical error, and the combination of the two may cause an uncertainty of about 25% for each reported value of the depth measured by the XPS sputter depth distribution technique. Therefore, this uncertainty is shown in the depth value of 126437.doc •100-200902146 shown in Figure (1). This inaccuracy is common in the entire XPS analysis technique 'however' for the catalytic activity disclosed herein. Such inaccuracies in the region's average thickness and other material properties are not sufficient to interfere with the differentiation of the catalyst compositions described herein, nor do they affect the compositions and other compositions not described and claimed herein. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) analysis Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) sample detection using a JEOL 3000F field emission scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) instrument operating at 300 kV accelerating voltage The instrument is equipped with Oxford Instniments' lnca X-ray spectrometer system, which performs local chemical analysis using an energy dispersive spectrometer. Sample preparation First, the sample material is embedded in a standard epoxy embedding agent known to those skilled in TEM analysis. After curing, the epoxy-embedded sample material is cut using an ultra-thin slicer to produce a slice of about 80 nm thick. The slice is collected on a film-porous carbon support without further processing, suitably positioned above. The electron beam field of the STEM instrument is used for detection and analysis. Those familiar with TEM analysis should understand that the TEM* analysis method is used to determine the position of the object and the average thickness of the relevant area relative to the surface of the substrate. The effect is also affected by mechanical errors, depending on the image resolution of the sample, the physicochemical properties of the target analyte, and the morphology of the sample, which may result in a tem vertical depth measurement of about ±20% (relative to a certain The specific reference point) the uncertainty and the lateral measurement of 5% of the soil (relative to a specific reference point) uncertainty. Therefore, the uncertainty is measured by the distance of the measured catalytic component relative to the surface of the sample substrate. This 126437.doc 200902146 is very common throughout the TEM analysis, but not enough to hinder the catalyst combination. Distinction between objects. SARCh determination, SARCi empty sample and related statistical analysis. The surface area change rate of sodium ("sarc heart") is reported as the ratio of NaOH titrant volume due to the above reasons. According to the above SARC& SARSARC^ for each sample specified in the following example. Prepare a blank sample by preparing a 3.5 Μ Naa solution (ie, adding 30 gram of NaCl in 15 liters of deionized water), however, without matrix To resolve the statistical variability in the SARCw experimental procedure, four separate empty samples should be titrated and used to obtain the initial and V5q5 (ie, the specified concentration for V^v illusion (〇〇1 本 in this example) The titration average is used to adjust (ie, correct) the volume of the titrant used to determine the core sample from the heart. According to the same procedure as the above SAR (W), the pH value of the empty sample is adjusted and the empty sample is titrated, but the matrix is also not included. In the length of the ^: the execution of each empty sample and their respective average values and targets (or V Zhen analysis) The statistical scores of the empty sample titers in the test results table = also reported the inherent statistical fluctuations corresponding to the respective V-spots, V5, V10 and Vl5 due to the respective Vss. From the statistical point of view 'Use Statistical t distribution, near the average value, the value outside the specified confidence interval is reliable and does not originate from the inherent deviation of the experimental method itself, the degree of certainty is 95%. So 'measured for the matrix sample in the confidence interval near the average of the empty sample The V4Vt value is considered to be statistically indistinguishable from the empty sample. Therefore, the sample does not calculate the SARC heart value. The isoelectric point (IEP) measurement 126437.doc -102- 200902146 The following samples are determined according to the following procedure. The isoelectric point ("ΙΕρ"). The Mettler Toledo SevenMulti meter with pH mv/ORP module was used with the Mettler Toledo INL AB 413 pH composite electrode for enthalpy measurement. Calibrate the meter with a standard pH buffer solution at pH 2, 4, 7 and 10. Quantify 16 Μ Ω deionized water (at approximately 25 ° C) by using one of the samples to achieve the initial wet state Wet the sample and determine the IEP of each sample to produce a thicker slurry or paste mixture. This incipient state allows the glass electrode and its reference electrode to contact the liquid with the solid sample being tested. Liquid contact is achieved between the slurry or paste mixture in this example. Depending on the morphology of the sample (eg glass microfibers, granulated powder, chopped fibers, etc.) and its porosity (if any), the procedure needs to be different. In all cases, the amount of water added should only be sufficient to bring sufficient liquid into contact with the glass electrode and the reference electrode. In other words, 'water should be added to the sample to be tested to avoid exceeding the initial humidity. In all cases, the electrode tip is used, and the solid sample is mixed with deionized water (added for generating incipient wetness) by hand until the measured pH value is stable, and then the value obtained from the meter is read. N2 BET or Kr BET Surface Area (SA) Determination According to the ASTM procedure mentioned above, each sample given below is suitably subjected to SAN2_BET or SA, Kr_BET determination. As discussed more fully above, for higher surface area Measured values (e.g., about 3 to 6 m'g), & BET is likely to be a preferred surface area measurement technique in accordance with the method described in ASTM D3 663-03. For lower surface area measurements (for example, <about 3 m2/g), Kr BET 126437.doc -103 - 200902146 can be a preferred surface area measurement technique according to the method described in ASTM D4780-95 ("SA Shi-5"). SARCNa empty sample measurement and statistical analysis for correcting SARCnp^ sample number sample A dilute NaOH titrant solution _ (N) SAN2-BET (m2/g) used to make pH in NaOH titration In te (the initial value of V* is adjusted to 9·0, and at ts, t10, and tls< the pH is maintained at 9.0, the required titration liquid shift) is from 4.0 vsils) (ml) V is suspected = V initial + Vsiis V Initial minute Vs 5 minutes Vio 10 minutes V1S 15 minutes v5il5 The sum does not apply 1.5 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.6 2.1 Empty sample B 0.01 Not applicable 2.2 0.1 0,1 0.2 U.4 2.6 Empty sample C 0.01 Not applicable 2.4 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3 2.7 Empty sample D 0.01 Not applicable 2.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.4 2.6 Empty sample average not applicable 2.075 0.15 0.125 0.15 0.325 2.5 Empty sample standard deviation 0.01 Not applicable 0.3947 0.1 0.05 0.0577 Not applicable 0.2708 Empty sample 95% Trust interval 1.45-2.70 2.07-2.93 Example CH-2 E Glass - SARCjva obtained a sample of E-06F glass produced by Lauscha Fiber International, a glass fiber with an average diameter of 500 to 6 nanometers. Sample A-1 was an E glass sample received as received, and A-2 was an E glass which was received as received by calcination but not leached. Samples A_1 and A_2' were non-leached E glass samples for calcination heat treatment. During the treatment, the non-leaching E glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 liter/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. Comparative sample Comp-B was prepared by acid immersion treatment of the non-calcined E glass received as received. For the comparative sample Comp-B, approximately 15 grams of E-glass and 1.5 liters of 9 wt.% of nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 95 ° C for 4 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 126437.doc 104·200902146 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 °C. Samples A-1, A-2 and Comp-B were analyzed by the above analytical method for determining SARCWa. The results are shown in the table below. Sample No. Sample Describes Dilute NaOH Titration Concentration (N) In pNaOH titration, the initial value of 4.0 is adjusted to 9.0 when the pH is at UV*), and the pH is maintained at ts, t10, and t15 (Vsil5). The actual volume of the titrant required in 9.0 (ml) V initial minute v5 5 minutes 锗 Vio 10 minutes Vis 15 minutes V* V*-V initial sample empty sample 0.01 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 ~~2.5 Not applicable A -1 E-06F received as received 0.01 20.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 21.7 1.2 A-2 Calcined E-06F 0.1 0.7 0 0.1 〇0.8 0.1 Comp-B Leach E-06F 0.1 22.6 1.9 0.9 0.4 25.8 3.2 Sample No. IEP SA* N2.bet (rn2/g) Titration liquid species (ml) for SARC^» determination* SARC^a (V*-V*)/ V phase description V initial 0 minutes Vs 5 minutes V, 〇 10 minutes VI5 15 minutes 镂V* Average sample empty value Not applicable Not applicable 2.1 0.15 Bu 0.125 ^0.15 ΤΓ Not applicable A-1 Corrected as received E-06F 8.9 <7 18.4 0.35 0.25 0.15 19.2 0.04 Uncorrected A -2* Calcined E-06F 9.5 幺7 0.7 0 0.1 0 0.8 < 〜0.2* Uncorrected Comp-B* Leach E-06F 4.1 <250 22.6 1.9 0.9 0.4 25.8 < -0.2* * Empty sample using the correction value based 〇1 square-N concentration of NaOH titrant obtained, rather than such a special sample used in the analysis of SARC · 0.1 N NaOH titrant 'it is not empty for correcting this sample titration sample titration. EXAMPLE CH-3 AR Glass - SARCNa A sample of AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex was obtained, i.e., glass having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns. 126437.doc -105 - 200902146 Glass fiber. In this example, the glass was used for samples A, B, and C. An ARG 6S-750 glass sample as produced by Nippon Electric Glass was obtained, i.e., a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 13 microns. In this example, the glass was used for samples D and E. Sample A and ruthenium were prepared by calcining AR glass and ARG glass which were received as they were. For samples a and d, AR glass and ARG glass samples were subjected to calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, AR glass and ARG glass were calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere at an air flow rate of 1 liter/hour and at a temperature of 60 (TC). Acid immersion was performed on the as-received, non-calcined AR glass and ARG glass, respectively. Prepare samples B, C and e. For samples B and C', place approximately 1 〇 1 gram of AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt. 0 / 硝酸 of nitric acid in 4 liter plastic wide-mouth containers. Place in a 90 ° ventilated oven for 2 hours' and shake gently with hands every 30 minutes. After acid leaching, 'filter the sample with a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 , paper and rinse with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110. (Also, for sample E, about 5 8 grams of ARG glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt% of nitric acid were each placed at 4 liters. In a plastic wide-mouth container, place the plastic container in a ventilated oven for 901 for 2 hours, and shake it slightly by hand every 15 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment, filter the sample using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper, and Use about 7.6 liters of deionized water to clear Then, the acid immersed sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of not: The sample a_e was analyzed by the above analysis method for measuring SARCjva. The results are shown in the following table. 126437.do. -106- 200902146 Sample No. Sample Describes Dilute NaOH Titration Concentration (N) In titration, used to adjust the initial value of 4.0 to 9.0 at pH κν*) and to maintain pH at ts, ί10Αί15 (ν5*15) The actual volume of the titrant required at 9.0 (ml) V initial split cone V5 5 minutes V10 10 minutes V15 15 minutes V* νΛ-ν* Average sample empty sample 0.01 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 Not applicable 95% empty sample Trust interval statistical confidence interval 1.44- 2.70 2.07-2.93 A Calcination AR 0.01 2.4 0 0 0.1 2.5 0.1 B Leaching AR 0.01 2.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.5 0.3 C Leaching AR 0.01 1.7 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.0 0.3 D Calcination ARG 6S-750 0.01 1.6 0.4 0.3 0.4 2.7 1.1 E Leaching ARG 6S-750 0.01 2.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 2.5 0.4 Sample sample ffiP SAKr-BET (m2/g) For SARQy« test 5 II Correction titration hoarding f ml) Modified SARCNa ( ΛΛ-ν^)/ν^ Description V* 0 minutes Vs 5 Minute V, 0 10 minutes V15 15 minutes Empty sample Average value Not applicable Not applicable 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 Not applicable Correction A Calcination AR 9.9 0.13 0.30 • 0.15 -0.13 -0.05 0 Not applicable t Corrected B Leaching AR 9.6 0.16 0.10 -0.05 -0.03 -0.05 0 Not applicable ' Corrected C Leaching AR Not determined 0.16 -0.40 -0.05 -0.03 -0.05 -0.5 Not applicable t Corrected D Calcined ARG 6S-750 Not determined 0.11 -0.50 0.25 0.18 0.25 0.2 — Not applicable ^ --- Corrected E Leaching ARG 6S-750 Not determined 0.12 0.0 0.05 -0.025 -0.05 0 Not applicable ' Ο "Because of the 95% confidence interval of the V initial and Vt measured on the matrix sample Inside, therefore, 8 8 11 (: ^ value is considered to be statistically different from the average of the empty sample, there is a difference. Therefore, the SARC^ assay is considered unsuitable for these samples. EXAMPLE CH-4 A-Glass-SARCpja A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 50,000-600 nm was obtained. In this example, the glass was used for samples A, B, and C. 126437.doc • 107- 200902146 Obtained A-26F glass samples from Lauscha Fiber International, namely glass fibers with an average diameter of 2.6 microns. In this example, the glass was used for sample D. Sample A is an A - 0 6 F -glass fiber sample received as received. Samples B and C were prepared by acid immersion treatment of the non-calcined A-06F-glass received as received. For samples B and C, approximately 58.5 grams of A-06F-glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was passed through a Buchner funnel with Whatman 5 41 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried at a temperature of 1 l ° C for 22 hours. A-26F glass fibers having an average diameter of about 2.6 microns (2600 nm) produced by Lauscha Fiber International were obtained. In the present example, the glass was used as it was for sample D. Samples A-D were analyzed by the above analytical method for determining SARC. The results are shown in the table below. Sample No. Sample Describes Dilute NaOH Titration Concentration (N) In titration, the pH is adjusted from initial value of 4.0 to 9.0 at αν*〇 and pH is maintained at t5, t10 and tls (Vsils) The actual volume of the titration required at 9·0 (ml) V first 0 minutes V5 5 minutes V10 10 minutes V15 15 minutes V» v*-v Primary air sample average value 0.01 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 Not applicable A A-06 0.01 16.7 1.5 1.2 0.5 19.9 3.2 B Leaching A_06 0.01 15.4 1.4 0.9 1.0 18.7 3.3 C Leaching A-06 0.01 15.7 2.3 1.2 1.3 20.5 4.8 D A-26F as it is 0.01 5.4 0.7 0.5 0.3 6.9 1.5 126437. Doc -108- 200902146 Sample sample 修正 For correction of SARCmJ in the titration solution (ml) SARC^vc (Vifc-V^) / V* description (m2/g) V4, 〇 minute V5 5 minutes V, 0 10 minutes 锸 V15 15 minutes V* Average value of the average value of the sample is not applicable 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 Not applicable Correction A received as received Α-06 10.1 3.1 14.6 1.35 1.075 0.35 17.4 0.19 Corrected B -06 10.6 3.1 13.3 1.25 0.775 0.85 16.2 0.18 Corrected C Leaching Α-06 Not Determination 3.1 13.6 2.15 1.075 1.15 18.0 0.32 Corrected D A-26F Not determined as usual <5 3.3 0.55 0.375 0.15 4.4 0.25 Example Composite Catalyst 1 Activity Test - Methylcyclohexane (mch> Conversion to Toluene The following non-limiting The examples indicate that when the precursor catalyst composition is dispersed in the composite catalyst composition, it is not expected to adversely affect the activity of the precursor catalyst composition as compared to prior to dispersion in the composite catalyst composition. The catalytic activity of the extrudate sample having the precursor FSC composition of Example 26 was prepared as in Example 28. In addition, in this example, the particle size distribution of the extrudate sample was maintained between about 4 Å and 60 mesh (i.e., 425 to 250 μm) to reduce the adverse effects of the internal diffusion channel resistance of the particles. The following is a general procedure for evaluating catalytic activity when converting methylcyclohexane (?) to anthraquinone using an experimental apparatus. In order to provide substantially equal amounts of platinum, the precursor of Example 26 was catalystd. The knives are dispersed in the 丨 04 mg 4 〇 to 6 〇 mesh extrudate, or the MG sample 2.6 as the catalyzed catalyst sample, loaded into a 35 mm inner diameter tubular reactor for 'each catalysis The activity test was run. Due to &, the two different sample test loads provide substantially the same weight hourly space velocity for platinum 126437.doc 200902146 (WHSV). After the activity test, use 25 〇 cc / 3 to take a pre-treatment of the catalyst for minutes. The ratio of H2 to the molar ratio of the H2 to the feed is about %. The flow rate of the mixture varies within about 4 hours of the target range of (2) ee/mi cc/mm in about 4 hours. The contact line was tested under the conversion of methyl hexane (MCH) to toluene. As a result, (4) shows the relationship between the yield of toluene (heart) and the flow of (4). Each flow rate has a corresponding toluene conversion yield, and the yield of the precursor catalyst composition in the extrudate sample is substantially similar (if not coincidental), 5 ^ Q) without extrudate matrix material The corresponding yield of the same precursor catalyst composition (i.e., prior to dispersion in the matrix). Thus, the results of Figure 5 indicate that the catalytic activity of the precursor catalyst composition does not adversely affect when dispersed in the composite catalyst composition. Although in the foregoing embodiments, certain preferred embodiments of the present invention have been described in accordance with the present invention, and for the purpose of description (d), many of the succincts have been proposed. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the present invention is likely to have other Some of the details described herein may vary widely, without departing from the basic principles of the invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is an XPS sputter depth profile corresponding to each of four samples on/in an AR-type glass substrate, wherein the in-depth depth profile is PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA ( Chemical analysis using photoelectron spectrometer) MiCr〇probeTM (Physical Ε1_〇η^, —) obtained two
MicroprobeW具有在1486 7電子伏(ev)工作的微聚焦、單 126437.doc •110- 200902146 色化之Α1 Κα X身十線源。 圖2為對應於在Α型玻璃基質上/内包括鈀之三個樣品每 一個的XPS濺射深度分布圖,其中濺射深度分布圖係使用 PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA(化學分析用光電子令並 儀)MicroprobeTM(Physical Electronics,Inc.)獲得,該 MicroprobeTM具有在1486.7電子伏工作的微聚焦、單色化 之Α1 Κα X射線源。 圖3和圖4係由JEOL 3000F場發射透射電子顯微鏡儀器在The MicroprobeW has a microfocus, 1 126437.doc •110- 200902146 colorization 在1 Κα X body ten-line source operating at 1486 7 electron volts (ev). 2 is an XPS sputter depth profile corresponding to each of three samples including palladium on/in a bismuth-type glass substrate, wherein the sputter depth profile is a PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA (photoelectron for chemical analysis) Obtained by MicroprobeTM (Physical Electronics, Inc.), which has a microfocus, monochromated Α1 Κα X-ray source operating at 1486.7 electron volts. Figures 3 and 4 are based on the JEOL 3000F field emission transmission electron microscope instrument.
300千伏加速電壓下所生成,分散於煅燒丫氧化鋁基質中之 前驅物觸媒組合物樣品橫截面部分的掃描透射電子顯微鏡 (STEM)圖像,其中,前驅物觸媒組合物包含實質上無孔 的玻璃基質(例如,浸出A玻璃),麵顆粒通常分散於距離 刖驅物觸I组合物表面小於或等於約3〇奈米的範圍内。 圖5描緣甲基環己烧(MCH)轉化為甲苯時,甲笨 (wt.%)與流速倒數(min/cc)之間的關係圖,使用前 媒組合物於γ氧化鋁中之壓出物樣〇 ^ 物樣°°作為複合耐高溫氧化 物,與为散於γ氧化鋁之前的活性進行對比。 126437.doc 111 ·A scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) image of a cross-sectional portion of a sample of a precursor catalyst composition dispersed in a calcined niobium alumina matrix, generated at an acceleration voltage of 300 kV, wherein the precursor catalyst composition comprises substantially For non-porous glass matrices (e.g., leached A glass), the facing granules are typically dispersed within a range of less than or equal to about 3 angstroms from the surface of the squirting composition. Figure 5 is a graph showing the relationship between the methyl group (wt.%) and the flow rate reciprocal (min/cc) when the methylcyclohexane (MCH) is converted to toluene, using the pre-media composition in the pressure of gamma alumina. The sample 〇^ material sample °° is used as a composite refractory oxide, compared with the activity before being dispersed in gamma alumina. 126437.doc 111 ·
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US86542506P | 2006-11-11 | 2006-11-11 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW200902146A true TW200902146A (en) | 2009-01-16 |
Family
ID=39144309
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW096142574A TW200902146A (en) | 2006-11-11 | 2007-11-09 | Compound catalyst composition |
| TW096142576A TW200843852A (en) | 2006-11-11 | 2007-11-09 | Functional surface catalyst composition |
| TW096142319A TW200848157A (en) | 2006-11-11 | 2007-11-09 | Layered catalyst composition |
Family Applications After (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW096142576A TW200843852A (en) | 2006-11-11 | 2007-11-09 | Functional surface catalyst composition |
| TW096142319A TW200848157A (en) | 2006-11-11 | 2007-11-09 | Layered catalyst composition |
Country Status (6)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP2081678A2 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN101583419A (en) |
| BR (1) | BRPI0718718A2 (en) |
| RU (1) | RU2009122378A (en) |
| TW (3) | TW200902146A (en) |
| WO (3) | WO2008060977A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP3325144A4 (en) | 2015-07-22 | 2019-01-16 | BASF Corporation | HIGH GEOMETRIC SPECIFIC SURFACE CATALYSTS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A VINYL ACETATE MONOMER |
| US11084021B2 (en) | 2015-10-27 | 2021-08-10 | W.R. Grace & Co.—Conn | Acid-resistant catalyst supports and catalysts |
| US10829433B2 (en) * | 2017-07-28 | 2020-11-10 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Method for production of methyl methacrylate by oxidative esterification using a heterogeneous catalyst |
| CN115025781B (en) * | 2022-06-13 | 2023-08-29 | 中国石油大学(华东) | Catalyst for catalytic non-hydrogenation hydrogenation, preparation method and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GB8620982D0 (en) * | 1986-08-29 | 1986-10-08 | Shell Int Research | Catalyst preparation |
| DE3740289A1 (en) * | 1987-11-27 | 1989-06-08 | Degussa | CATALYST FOR THE SELECTIVE REDUCTION OF NITROGEN OXIDES WITH AMMONIA |
| US6165429A (en) * | 1997-01-10 | 2000-12-26 | Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha | Exhaust gas purifying catalyst and exhaust gas purifying method |
| DE19743100A1 (en) * | 1997-09-30 | 1999-04-01 | Degussa | Process for the production of a coated catalyst |
| EP1044935A1 (en) * | 1999-04-13 | 2000-10-18 | Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne | A low weight resistant porous glass fiber having physical, chemical or biological properties |
| JP4041952B2 (en) * | 2002-03-28 | 2008-02-06 | 株式会社日本触媒 | Gold ultrafine particle support and catalyst comprising the support |
| JP2006068665A (en) * | 2004-09-03 | 2006-03-16 | Toyota Motor Corp | Exhaust gas purification catalyst manufacturing method and exhaust gas purification catalyst |
-
2007
- 2007-11-09 WO PCT/US2007/084207 patent/WO2008060977A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2007-11-09 CN CNA2007800494781A patent/CN101583419A/en active Pending
- 2007-11-09 TW TW096142574A patent/TW200902146A/en unknown
- 2007-11-09 TW TW096142576A patent/TW200843852A/en unknown
- 2007-11-09 WO PCT/US2007/084193 patent/WO2008060965A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2007-11-09 WO PCT/US2007/084211 patent/WO2008060979A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2007-11-09 TW TW096142319A patent/TW200848157A/en unknown
- 2007-11-09 EP EP07864172A patent/EP2081678A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2007-11-09 RU RU2009122378/04A patent/RU2009122378A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2007-11-09 BR BRPI0718718-1A patent/BRPI0718718A2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2008060965A3 (en) | 2008-08-07 |
| BRPI0718718A2 (en) | 2013-12-03 |
| TW200843852A (en) | 2008-11-16 |
| RU2009122378A (en) | 2010-12-20 |
| TW200848157A (en) | 2008-12-16 |
| WO2008060979A2 (en) | 2008-05-22 |
| WO2008060965A2 (en) | 2008-05-22 |
| WO2008060977A3 (en) | 2008-07-03 |
| WO2008060977A2 (en) | 2008-05-22 |
| EP2081678A2 (en) | 2009-07-29 |
| WO2008060979A3 (en) | 2008-10-02 |
| CN101583419A (en) | 2009-11-18 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TW200843850A (en) | Selective hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| TW200843851A (en) | Hydrogenation Processes Using Functional Surface Catalyst Composition | |
| TW200902146A (en) | Compound catalyst composition | |
| US20110172088A1 (en) | Functional Surface Catalyst Composition | |
| TW200841929A (en) | Compound catalyst composition | |
| TW200902144A (en) | Oxidation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| TW200836831A (en) | Selective hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| TW200843849A (en) | Layered catalyst composition | |
| TW200843847A (en) | Selective hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| US20100273645A1 (en) | Functional Surface Catalyst Composition | |
| TW200843848A (en) | Hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| TW200902143A (en) | Dehydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| TW200843846A (en) | Oxidation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| TW200848158A (en) | Dehydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| TW200843845A (en) | Dehydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| TW200836830A (en) | Hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition | |
| US20100025628A1 (en) | Oxidation Processes Using Functional Surface Catalyst Composition |